Yale University Press Spring 2009 Seasonal Catalog

BOOKS from
Y A L E
T RA D E T I T L E S
Recently Published 2
General Interest 3
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade 59
General Interest–Paperback 78
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback 96
Academic Titles 102
A RT T I T L E S
Art & Architecture 113
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade 145
Index 163
Order Information 166
Cover illustration from: Drawing for What Will Come (World on Its Hind Legs), William Kentridge, 2007.
Charcoal, gouache, pastel, and colored pencil on paper.
84 x 59 in (213.5 x 150 cm). Collection of Doris and Donald Fisher.
(See page 123)
ONE AMERICA IN THE 21ST CENTURY
The Report of President Bill Clinton’s Initiative on Race
Edited and with an Introduction by Steven F. Lawson; Foreword by John Hope Franklin
TCommission on Race Initiative, containing the first comprehensive assessment of racial

his volume represents the first publication in book form of the report of President Bill Clinton’s
progress (or the lack thereof) in America since the Civil Rights Movement of the 1960s. It also
extends the discussion of race relations beyond issues of black and white to encompass the new
diversity of the nation’s population in the twenty-first century.
February History
STEVEN F. LAWSON is professor of history, 256 pp. 8 1/2 x 11
Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey. paper 978-0-300-11669-4 $20.00sc
MINIATURE ROOMS
The Thorne Rooms at the Art Institute of Chicago
Entries by Fannia Weingartner; Introduction by Bruce Hatton Boyer
Tthe 68 Thorne Miniature Rooms, which masterfully depict period interiors ranging from late-
his delightful book provides a detailed look at one of the Art Institute’s best-loved attractions:
13th-century Europe to America in the 1930s.

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
The late FA N N I A W E I N G A R T N E R was the editor of December 2008 Decorative Arts
Chicago History and the head of the publications office at 184 pp. 124 color illus.
the Chicago Historical Society. BRUCE HATTON BOYER 10 x 11
is a historian and novelist. 978-0-300-14159-7 $45.00
WRITINGS ON ARCHITECTURE
Paul Rudolph; Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern
T1950s and 1960s, this book includes a wealth of recently discovered archival materials and
he first collection of writings by one of the most innovative architects and educators of the
many previously unpublished photographs. Recent controversies about the preservation of many of
Rudolph’s buildings—including the landmark Art and Architecture Building at Yale, which celebrates
its 45th anniversary and grand reopening in November 2008—make this a timely publication.
January Architecture
PA U L R U D O L P H (1918–1997) was chair of the 96 pp. 80 b/w illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/4
Yale School of Architecture from 1958 to 1967. paper 978-0-300-15092-6 $18.00
New in paper
PICTURING THE BIBLE
The Earliest Christian Art
Jeffrey Spier; with contributions by Herbert L. Kessler, Steven Fine, Robin M. Jensen,
Johannes G. Deckers, Mary Charles-Murray et al.
TDrawing on insights from recent discoveries, leading experts explore topics from Jewish art in the
his beautifully illustrated book examines the emergence of Christian art in the third century A.D.
Greco-Roman period and the influence of Constantine, to the development of church decoration and
illuminated Bibles.
Published in association with the Kimbell Art Museum December 2008 Art
J E F F R E Y S P I E R is adjunct professor of classics 328 pp. 52 b/w + 251 color illus. 9 x 12
at the University of Arizona, Tucson. paper 978-0-300-14934-0 $50.00
LICHTENSTEIN
Girls
Contributions from Richard Hamilton, Jeff Koons, Dorothy Lichtenstein, and Richard Prince
Ser an exceptional collection of paintings, drawings, sources, and documentary photographs. A

urveying the seminal series of Girl paintings by Roy Lichtenstein, this catalogue brings togeth-
conversation between Jeff Koons and Dorothy Lichtenstein opens the catalogue, which also
includes a chronology of important exhibitions and occasions in Lichtenstein’s life and Richard
Prince’s response to the series. August 2008 Art
94 pp. 130 color illus. 12 x 12
Distributed for the Gagosian Gallery Paper over board 978-0-300-14927-2 $65.00
2
Recently Published
General Interest
3
General Interest
“Fascinating, accessible,
A C o n v e r s at i o n w i t h
S U SAN J AC O BY
© Chris Ramirez
Q: Why did you title your book Alger Hiss and guilty. But they also deplore the violations of
the Battle for History? civil liberties of the McCarthy era in the same
A: What Alger Hiss actually did sixty years way that they deplore violations of the
ago—and I do believe he was guilty of both the Constitution in the war on terror today. The
stated charge of perjury and the unstated charge right, however, says, “Wrong about Hiss, wrong
of espionage—is less important than the fact about everything.”
that his case has come to stand for very differ- Q: What role have the media played in this
ent views about American history. For the politi- dispute?
cal right, the Hiss case remains a symbol of the A: A good deal of my book is devoted to ana-
alleged weakness and naïveté of the left about lyzing the ways in which the media have helped
foreign and domestic threats. To the left, the keep the Hiss case alive for sixty years. I look at
willingness of the right to discard constitutional both left- and right-wing publications, but much
safeguards in times of threat—both perceived of my attention is focused on middle-of-the-road
and real—is symbolized by the rush to judgment magazines and newspapers. The mainstream
about Hiss even when the evidence against him press, at any given time, reflects received opin-
was much less convincing than it is now. ion, and I’m particularly interested in the way
received opinion about Hiss changed over time.
Q: Is it possible to believe that Hiss was guilty
Q: Why should anyone care about the Hiss
and oppose the methods of what has come to
case today?
be known as the McCarthy era?
A: We should care because many of the issues
A: Of course. The fact that Hiss turned out to surrounding the Hiss case, and the entire post-
be guilty does not justify the violations of con- war hunt for Communists, are extremely
stitutional rights by the House Committee on relevant to the current battle over the appropri-
Un-American Activities or by Sen. Joseph ate balance between national security and civil
McCarthy’s subcommittee. There are many polit- liberties.
ical liberals who once believed that Hiss was
♦ ♦ ♦
framed but have now concluded that he was
4
General Interest
and persuasive.”
—Harvey J. Kaye, author of Thomas Paine and the Promise of America
ALGER HISS AND THE BATTLE

FOR HISTORY
Susan Jacoby
From the author of the New York Times

bestseller The Age of American Unreason, a
tough investigation of the Alger Hiss case that
reaches across political lines
B ooks on Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss abound,

as countless scholars have labored to uncover the
facts behind Chambers’s shocking accusation before the
House Committee on Un-American Activities in the sum-
mer of 1948—that Alger Hiss, a former rising star in the
State Department, had been a Communist and engaged in Marketing Highlights
espionage.
♦ Major review attention
In this highly original work, Susan Jacoby turns her atten- ♦ National feature coverage
tion to the Hiss case, including his trial and imprisonment ♦ Author lectures
for perjury, as a mirror of shifting American political views ♦ Online marketing
and passions. Unfettered by political ax-grinding, the ♦ Academic and library marketing
author examines conflicting responses, from scholars and
♦ Icons of America
the media on both the left and the right, and the ways in
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
which they have changed from 1948 to our present post– America Series aims to answer these questions by telling
Cold War era. With a brisk, engaging style, Jacoby posi- the immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the
tions the case in the politics of the post–World War II seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have
shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in
era and then explores the ways in which generations of lib- our national history and imagination.
erals and conservatives have put Chambers and Hiss to
their own ideological uses. An iconic event of the
McCarthy era, the case of Alger Hiss fascinates political
intellectuals not only because of its historical significance
but because of its timeless relevance to equally fierce
debates today about the difficult balance between nation-
al security and respect for civil liberties.
S U S A N J A C O B Y is an independent scholar and best-selling March History/Biography

author. The most recent of her seven previous books is The Age of 272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
American Unreason. She lives in New York City. 978-0-300-12133-9 $24.00
5
General Interest
LAST RITES
John Lukacs
A master historian offers an eloquent and

personal auto-history of his life and his ideas
T wenty years ago, John Lukacs paused to set down

the history of his own thoughts and beliefs in
Confessions of an Original Sinner, an adroit blend of auto-
biography and personal philosophy. Now, in Last Rites, he
continues and expands his reflections, this time integrat-
ing his conception of history and human knowledge with
private memories of his wives and loves, and enhancing Praise for Confessions of an Original Sinner:
the book with footnotes from his idiosyncratic diaries. The
“[Lukacs] is an often witty and always
resulting volume is fascinating and delightful—an auto-his- fascinating—even entertaining—writer.”
tory by a passionate, authentic, brilliant, and witty man. —Washington Post
Lukacs begins with a concise rendering of a historical

Marketing Highlights
understanding of our world (essential reading for any his-
torian), then follows with trenchant observations on his ♦ Major review attention
life in the United States, commentary on his native ♦ Academic and library marketing
Hungary and the new meanings it took on for him after
1989, and deeply personal portraits of his three wives, ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN LUKACS:
about whom he has not written before. He includes also a Five Days in London, May 1940
paper 978-0-300-08466-5 $11.95
chapter on his formative memories of May and June 1940
George Kennan
and of Winston Churchill, a subject in some of Lukacs’s paper 978-0-300-14306-5 $26.00
later studies. Last Rites is a richly layered summation com- June 1941
bined with a set of extraordinary observations—an origi- paper 978-0-300-12364-7 $15.00
nal book only John Lukacs could have written.
J O H N L U K A C S is an internationally read and praised histori-

an, the author of some thirty books, a winner of numerous aca-
demic honors and awards, past president of the American
Catholic Historical Association, and a member of the Royal February Memoir/History
Historical Society of the United Kingdom. He lives in 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Phoenixville, PA. 978-0-300-11438-6 $25.00
6
General Interest
FRANKLY, MY DEAR
Gone with the Wind Revisited
Molly Haskell
An exploration of the book, the movie, and

the author of one of the most captivating
stories ever told
H ow and why has the saga of Scarlett O’Hara kept

such a tenacious hold on our national imagination
for almost three-quarters of a century? In the first book
ever to deal simultaneously with Margaret Mitchell’s
beloved novel and David Selznick’s spectacular film ver-
sion of Gone with the Wind, film critic Molly Haskell seeks “A stunning piece of criticism, written
with fever-pitch intensity, that demon-
the answers. By all industry predictions, the film should strates so movingly why it’s impossible
never have worked. What makes it work so amazingly to name the kind of greatness found
well are the fascinating and uncompromising personalities in Gone with the Wind and impossible
to refrain from trying.”
that Haskell dissects here: Margaret Mitchell, David
—Alan Trachtenberg, author of Lincoln’s Smile
Selznick, and Vivien Leigh. As a feminist and onetime and Other Enigmas
Southern adolescent, Haskell understands how the story
takes on different shades of meaning according to the age Gone with the Wind by the numbers:
and eye of the beholder. She explores how it has kept its ♦ Nearly 30 million copies of the book
have been sold since 1936
edge because of Margaret Mitchell’s (and our) ambivalence
♦ The film grossed over $1.3 billion in the
about Scarlett and because of the complex racial and sex- U.S., making it the biggest blockbuster
ual attitudes embedded in a story that at one time or of all time (adjusted for inflation)
another has offended almost everyone. ♦ Nominated for 13 academy awards, it
won 10, including Best Picture, Director,
Haskell imaginatively weaves together disparate strands, Actress, Screenplay, and Supporting
conducting her story as her own inner debate between Actress
enchantment and disenchantment. Sensitive to the ways

in which history and cinema intersect, she reminds us
why these characters, so riveting to Depression audiences, ♦ Major review attention
continue to fascinate 70 years later. ♦ National media interviews
♦ National feature coverage
♦ Reading group outreach
♦ Academic and library marketing
What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America Series aims to
answer these questions by telling the immense story of this country through key texts, ♦ Online marketing
images, moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seemingly familiar
landmarks around which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic
place in our national history and imagination.
M O L LY H A S K E L L is a writer and film critic. She has lectured

widely on the role of women in film and is the author of From February Film/History
Reverence to Rape: The Treatment of Women in the Movies. 256 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
She lives in New York City. 978-0-300-11752-3 $24.00
7
General Interest
GOD’S ARCHITECT
Pugin and the Building of Romantic Britain
Rosemary Hill
The acclaimed biography of one of the

nineteenth century’s most important architects
A ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852)

was one of Britain’s greatest architects, and his
short career one of the most dramatic in architectural his-
tory. Born in 1812, the son of a French draughtsman, at fif-
teen Pugin was working for King George IV at Windsor
Castle. By the time he was twenty-one he had been ship- “A magnificent biography, as sumptuous
wrecked, bankrupted, and widowed. Nineteen years later and intricate as anything Pugin built. . . .
he died, insane and disillusioned, having changed the face A properly glorious monument.”
—John Carey, Sunday Times, London
and the mind of British architecture in works as revered as
the House of Lords and the clock tower at Westminster, “This is surely the best biography of a
known as Big Ben. British architect yet written: an enthralling
book.”—Stephen Bayley, Observer
God’s Architect is the first modern biography of this
extraordinary figure. Rosemary Hill draws on thousands of Marketing Highlights
unpublished letters and drawings to re-create Pugin’s life
and work as architect, propagandist, and Gothic designer,
as well as the turbulent story of his three marriages, the
bitterness of his last years, and his sudden death at forty.
♦ Winner of the 2007 Wolfson Prize for
It is the work of an exceptional historian and biographer.
History and the James Tait Black
Memorial Prize for Biography.
February Biography/Architecture/History
656 pp. 32 b/w + 31 color illus. 6 x 9 1/4
R O S E M A R Y H I L L is a writer and historian, and has published
978-0-300-15161-9 $45.00
widely on nineteenth- and twentieth-century cultural history. For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only
8
General Interest
THE YOUNG CHARLES DARWIN
Keith Thomson
On the 150th anniversary of On the Origin of

Species, a new investigation of Darwin’s
early years and how he arrived at his
revolutionary ideas
W hat sort of person was the young naturalist

who developed an evolutionary idea so logi-
cal, so dangerous, that it has dominated biological science
for a century and a half? How did the quiet and shy
Charles Darwin produce his theory of natural selection
when many before him had started down the same path “Keith Thomson’s fresh and lively
but failed? This book is the first to inquire into the range of account will surely bring Darwin back
influences and ideas, the mentors and rivals, and the for- into focus as an exceptional scholar,
traveler, family man, and author. Highly
mal and informal education that shaped Charles Darwin
recommended.”—Janet Browne, author of
and prepared him for his remarkable career of scientific Charles Darwin: Voyaging and Charles Darwin:
achievement. The Power of Place
Keith Thomson concentrates on Darwin’s early life as a ♦ Publication coincides with Darwin’s 200th
birthday on February 12, 2009, and the
schoolboy, a medical student at Edinburgh, a theology stu-
150th anniversary of the publication of the
dent at Cambridge, and a naturalist aboard the Beagle on controversial masterpiece On the Origin of
its famous five-year voyage. Closely analyzing Darwin’s Species.
Autobiography and scientific notebooks, the author draws
a fully human portrait of Darwin for the first time: a vast- Marketing Highlights
ly erudite and powerfully ambitious individual, self- ♦ Major review attention
absorbed but lacking self-confidence, hampered as much ♦ Academic and library marketing
as helped by family, and sustained by a passion for phi-
losophy and logic. Thomson’s account of the birth and ♦ NOW IN PAPER BY KEITH THOMSON:
maturing of Darwin’s brilliant theory is fascinating for the The Legacy of the Mastodon:
way it reveals both his genius as a scientist and the human The Golden Age of Fossils in America
(see page 85)
foibles and weaknesses with which he mightily struggled.
♦ ALSO OF INTEREST:
Endless Forms: Charles Darwin,

Natural Science, and the Visual Arts
DIANA DONALD and JANE MUNRO
(see page 114)
K E I T H T H O M S O N is professor emeritus of natural history,
University of Oxford, and senior research fellow, the American
Philosophical Society. He is the author of more than 200 scien-
tific papers and twelve books, including Before Darwin: February Biography/Science
Reconciling God and Nature, published by Yale University 288 pp. 5 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Press. He lives in Philadelphia. 978-0-300-13608-1 $28.00
9
General Interest
THE PHILOSOPHERS’
QUARREL
Rousseau, Hume, and the Limits of Human
Understanding
Robert Zaretsky and John T. Scott
The dramatic collapse of the friendship

between Rousseau and Hume, in the context of
their grand intellectual quest to conquer the
limits of human understanding
T he rise and spectacular fall of the friendship between

the two great philosophers of the eighteenth centu-
ry, barely six months after they first met, reverberated on
both sides of the Channel. As the relationship between
Jean-Jacques Rousseau and David Hume unraveled, a volley “This arresting book is like a novel
of rancorous letters was fired off, then quickly published which one reads late into the night—
a novel whose characters happen to
and devoured by aristocrats, intellectuals, and common be famous thinkers: Rousseau and
readers alike. Everyone took sides in this momentous dis- Hume. Voltaire looms in the back-
pute between the greatest of Enlightenment thinkers. ground. Brilliant Parisian ladies
appear too. What can be more exhila-
In this lively and revealing book, Robert Zaretsky and John rating than a tale of intelligence and
discord, and of the eighteenth centu-
T. Scott explore the unfolding rift between Rousseau and ry revisited right before the French
Hume. The authors are particularly fascinated by the con- Revolution—so near us, so far
nection between the thinkers’ lives and thought, especially away?”—Adam Zagajewski
the way that the failure of each to understand the other—
and himself—illuminates the limits of human understand- Marketing Highlights
ing. In addition, they situate the philosophers’ quarrel in the ♦ Major review attention
social, political, and intellectual milieu that informed their ♦ Academic and library marketing
actions, as well as the actions of the other participants in
the dispute, such as James Boswell, Adam Smith, and
Voltaire. By examining the conflict through the prism of
each philosopher’s contribution to Western thought,
Zaretsky and Scott reveal the implications for the two men
as individuals and philosophers as well as for the contem-
porary world.
R O B E R T Z A R E T S K Y is professor of French, Honors College,

University of Houston. J O H N T. S C O T T is professor of politi- February History/Biography
cal science, University of California, Davis. Zaretsky and Scott are 256 pp. 10 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
also coauthors of Frail Happiness: An Essay on Rousseau. 978-0-300-12193-3 $27.50
10
General Interest
CRUEL AND UNUSUAL
The Culture of Punishment in America
Anne-Marie Cusac
In light of the recent scandals at Abu Ghraib

and Guantanamo, a new study on America’s
alarming attitudes toward criminals, punish-
ment, and democratic ideals
T he statistics are startling. Since 1973, America’s

imprisonment rate has multiplied over five times to
become the highest in the world. More than two million
inmates reside in state and federal prisons. What does this
say about our attitudes toward criminals and punishment?
What does it say about us?
“Cusac’s analysis should provoke a sense
This book explores the cultural evolution of punishment of deep concern: concern that contem-
porary punitiveness in America will
practices in the United States. Anne-Marie Cusac first looks damage our institutions, our political
at punishment in the nation’s early days, when Americans system, our culture.”
repudiated Old World cruelty toward criminals and —Austin Sarat, Amherst College
emphasized rehabilitation over retribution. This attitude

persisted for some 200 years, but in recent decades we Marketing Highlights
have abandoned it, Cusac shows. She discusses the dra-
matic rise in the use of torture and restraint, corporal and
♦ National radio interviews
capital punishment, and punitive physical pain. And she
♦ National television interviews
links this new climate of punishment to shifts in other
aspects of American culture, including changes in domi-
♦ Online marketing
nant religious beliefs, child-rearing practices, politics, tele-
vision shows, movies, and more.
America now punishes harder and longer and with meth-

ods we would have rejected as cruel and unusual not long
ago. These changes are profound, their impact affects all
our lives, and we have yet to understand the full conse-
quences.
A N N E - M A R I E C U S A C is assistant professor, Department of

Communication, Roosevelt University, and a contributing writer to
The Progressive. For her work as a journalist she has received March Current Events/History/Law
the George Polk Award and on three occasions the Project 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Censored Award. She lives in Evanston, IL. 978-0-300-11174-3 $27.50
11
General Interest
THEOLOGY IN THE CONTEXT
OF SCIENCE
John Polkinghorne
A renowned physicist-theologian provides a

new framework for dialogue between science
and religion
J ust as gendered, cultural, and geographical perspectives

have illuminated and advanced theological thought, the
contributions of twentieth-century science have much to
offer theology. In his latest book, physicist-theologian John
Polkinghorne, renowned as one of the world’s foremost
thinkers on science and religion, offers a lucid argument Marketing Highlights
for developing the intersection of the two fields as anoth- ♦ Major review attention
er form of contextual theology. ♦ Academic and library marketing
Countering recent assertions by “new atheists” that reli-
gious belief is irrational and even dangerous, Polkinghorne ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN POLKINGHORNE:
explores ways that theology can be open to and informed Belief in God in an Age of Science
paper ISBN 978-0-300-09949-2 $9.95
by science. He describes recent scientific discourse on Sold more than 13,000 copies worldwide in cloth
such subjects as epistemology, objectivity, uncertainty, and Exploring Reality
paper ISBN 978-0-300-12267-1 $15.00
rationality and considers the religious importance of the
Quantum Physics and Theology
evolution in these areas of scientific thought. Then, evalu- paper ISBN 978-0-300-13840-5 $15.00
ating such topics as relativity, space and time, and evolu-
tionary theory, he uses a scientific style of inquiry as a
foundation on which to build a model of Christian belief
structure. Science and theology share in the great human
quest for truth and understanding, says Polkinghorne, and
he illustrates how their interaction can be fruitful for both.
J O H N P O L K I N G H O R N E , KBE, FRS, is fellow and retired

president, Queens’ College, Cambridge University. He was March Religion/Science
founding president of the International Society for Science and 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Religion and in 2002 was awarded the Templeton Prize. He 978-0-300-14933-3 $26.00
Not for sale in the European Union and
lives in Cambridge, UK. British Commonwealth (excluding Canada)
12
General Interest
IN CONFIDENCE
When to Protect Secrecy and When to
Require Disclosure
Ronald Goldfarb
A provocative work that explains where and

when confidentiality begins, ends, and breaks
T he variety and pervasiveness of confidentiality

issues today are breathtaking. Not a day passes with-
out a media report on a breach of confidentiality, a claim of
attorney-client privilege, a journalist jailed for refusing to
reveal a source, a medical or hospital record improperly dis-
closed, or a major business deal exposed by anonymous
sources. In Confidence examines confidential issues that “Goldfarb’s discussion is of paramount
arise in various disciplines and relationships and considers significance in a democracy where
values and rights of privacy have been
which should be protected and which should not.
eroded by federal government practices
and the impact of technology on our
Ronald Goldfarb organizes the book around professionals lives.”—David Vise, author of The Google Story
for whom confidentiality is an issue of weighty importance:
government officials, attorneys, medical personnel, psy-
chotherapists, clergy, business people, and journalists. In a Marketing Highlights
chapter devoted to each, and in another on spousal privi- ♦ Major review attention
lege, he lays out specific issues and the law’s positions on ♦ Academic and library marketing
them. He discusses an array of court cases in which confi-
dentiality issues played an important role and decisions
were often surprising and controversial. Goldfarb also looks
into the criteria that should be used when determining
whether secrets must be revealed. His nuanced analysis
reveals how federal government practices and technologi-
cal capabilities increasingly challenge the boundaries of pri-
vacy, and his thoughtful insights open the door to mean-
ingful new debate.
R O N A L D G O L D FA R B is an attorney and author of ten previ-

ous books as well as hundreds of law journal and newspaper arti- March Law
cles, op-ed pieces, and book reviews. He lives and works in 304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Alexandria, VA, and Key Biscayne, FL. 978-0-300-12009-7 $27.50
13
General Interest
“The spud now has
D o Yo u K n ow Yo u r
P O TAT O E S ?
A multiple-choice quiz
(answers below)
1. French fries were first introduced to the 6. How many people died in Ireland as a result
United States by of the potato blight and resulting famine?
a. Benjamin Franklin a. 100,000
b. John Adams b. 4 million
c. George Washington Carver c. 1 million
d. Thomas Jefferson d. 500,000
2. The world’s largest potato producer today is 7. Scientists are conducting experiments
a. Ireland with potatoes in order to determine their
usefulness
b. China
a. as a food source for astronauts on the next
c. Australia
mission to Mars
d. Peru
b. as a healing agent in organic medications
c. as inexpensive insulation in buildings
3. From what part of the plant does the potato d. as an insecticide
come?
a. The root
8. A poisonous plant that is a close relative of
b. The flower
the potato is
c. The leaf bud
a. Deadly nightshade
d. The stem
b. Poinsettia
c. Daffodil
4. Other crop plants closely related to potatoes d. Poison ivy
include
a. Tomatoes, chili peppers, and petunias
9. The potato was first introduced to Europe in
b. Corn, beans, and millet
a. About 1780
c. Kava, marijuana, and peyote
b. About 1588
d. Rice, sugar cane, and maize
c. About 1650
d. About 1492
5. Potato blight is
a. A kind of mold
10. The original name of the potato in
b. A wart
Quechua, the language of the Inca, is
c. A parasitic insect
a. Tapas
d. A parasitic plant
b. Papa
c. Pate
d. Tater
♦ ♦ ♦
(Answers: 1:d. 2:b, 3:d, 4:a, 5:a, 6:c, 7:a, 8:a, 9:b, 10:b)
14
General Interest
the biography it deserves.”
— The Economist
POTATO
A History of the Propitious Esculent
John Reader
In the tradition of Salt and Cod, a highly readable

biography of the potato
T he potato—humble, lumpy, bland, familiar—is a

decidedly unglamorous staple of the dinner table.
Or is it? John Reader’s narrative on the role of the potato in
world history suggests we may be underestimating this
remarkable tuber. From domestication in Peru 8,000 years
“[Potato] is thought-provoking provender.”
ago to its status today as the world’s fourth-largest food
—Tim Radford, Guardian
crop, the potato has played a starring—or at least support-
ing—role in many chapters of human history. In this witty “[A] superb history”
—Robert Collins, Times (London)
and engaging book, Reader opens our eyes to the power of
the potato. “A history of the world from the potato’s
point of view.”—Willa Murphy, Irish Times
Whether embraced as the solution to hunger or wielded as
a weapon of exploitation, blamed for famine and death or Marketing Highlights
recognized for spurring progress, the potato has often ♦ Major review attention
changed the course of human events. Reader focuses on ♦ Off-the-book page features
sixteenth-century South America, where the indigenous ♦ Academic and library marketing
potato enabled Spanish conquerors to feed thousands of ♦ Online marketing
conscripted native people; eighteenth-century Europe,
where the nutrition-packed potato brought about a popula-
tion explosion; and today’s global world, where the potato
is an essential food source but also the world’s most chem-
ically dependent crop. Where potatoes have been adopted
as a staple food, social change has always followed. It may
be “just” a humble vegetable, John Reader shows, yet the
history of the potato has been anything but dull.
J O H N R E A D E R is a writer and photojournalist who holds an

March History/Food
honorary research fellowship in the Department of Anthropology 336 pp. 17 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
at University College London. He has travelled all over the world 978-0-300-14109-2 $28.00
and now resides in Surrey, UK. For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only
15
General Interest
GYPSY
The Art of the Tease
Rachel Shteir
A revealing portrait of the “Striptease

Intellectual” of 1930s burlesque, with fresh
revelations from the Gypsy Rose Lee papers
A true icon of America at a turning point in its his-

tory, Gypsy Rose Lee was the first—and the only—
stripper to become a household name, write novels, and
win the adulation of intellectuals, bankers, socialites, and
ordinary Americans. Her outrageous blend of funny-smart
sex symbol with the aura of high culture—she boasted “The best kind of cultural biography and
the most serious history to date of the
that she liked to read Great Books and listen to classical burlesque and striptease tradition.”
music while taking off her clothes onstage—inspired a —Francine du Plessix Gray
musical, memoirs, a portrait by Max Ernst, and a species
of rose. Gypsy is the first book about Gypsy Rose Lee’s life, Marketing Highlights
fame, and place in America not written by a family mem- ♦ Major review attention
ber, and it reveals her deep impact on the social and cul- ♦ Library marketing
tural transformations taking shape during her life. ♦ Online marketing
Rachel Shteir, author of the prize-winning Striptease, gives ♦ Icons of America

us Gypsy’s story from her arrival in New York in 1931 to
her sojourns in Hollywood, her friendships and rivalries America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
immense story of this country through key texts, images,
with writers and artists, the Sondheim musical, family moments, individuals, and events in American history, the
memoirs that retold her history in divergent ways, and a seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped
our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national
television biopic currently in the making. With verve, history and imagination.
audacity, and native guile, Gypsy Rose Lee moved
striptease from the margins of American life to Broadway,
Hollywood, and Main Street. Gypsy tells how she did it,
and why.
R A C H E L S H T E I R is associate professor, The Theatre School, March Biography/Americana

DePaul University, and author of Striptease: The Untold Story of 240 pp. 9 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
the Girlie Show. She lives in Chicago. 978-0-300-12040-0 $24.00
16
General Interest
SELECTED POEMS
Geoffrey Hill
A sampling from the oeuvre of one of the

greatest living poets of the English language
G eoffrey Hill’s poetry comprises one of the most

uncompromising and visionary bodies of work
written over the last fifty years. Imbued with the weight of
history, morality, and language, his work reveals a deeply
religious sensibility, a towering intellect, and an emotional
complexity that are unrivaled in contemporary letters.
Now, for the first time ever, readers can observe in one vol-
ume how Hill’s style took shape over time. This generous “England’s best hope for the Nobel Prize.”
selection spans his career, beginning with poems from —Spectator
Hill’s astonishing debut, For the Unfallen, and following
“Hill’s lines are the contours of an ances-
through to his stylistically distinct and critically acclaimed tral landscape. They sculpt the culture in
work Without Title. Including some of the poet’s strongest, which his work is so deeply embedded.
most sensitive, and most brilliant pieces, this collection This is what makes him England’s most
important living poet.”
will reaffirm Hill’s reputation as “England’s best hope for —Rachel Campbell-Johnston, The Times
the Nobel Prize.”
“English has rarely possessed a poet who
listens so closely to its whispers, or is as
willing to expose its secret etiquettes.”
—William Logan, New York Times Book Review
♦ Poetry Month (April) promotions
Born in Bromsgrove, Worcestershire, in 1932, G E O F F R E Y H I L L

is the author of eleven books of poetry. He has received numerous
awards for his work, including the Hawthornden Prize, the
Heinemann Award, the Geoffrey Faber Memorial Prize, and the March Poetry
Duff Cooper Memorial Prize. After retiring from Boston University, 288 pp. 6 x 9 1/2
where he was professor of literature and religion, he returned to 978-0-300-12156-8 $35.00
For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, Canada, and
the United Kingdom. He currently resides in Cambridge. the Philippines only
17
General Interest
CAN POETRY SAVE THE EARTH?
A Field Guide to Nature Poems
John Felstiner
At a time of environmental crises, poetry can

reawaken us to the beauty and fragility of our
natural world
P oems vivifying nature have gripped people for centuries.

From Biblical times to the present day, poetry has con-
tinuously drawn us to the natural world. In this thought-pro-
voking book, John Felstiner explores the rich legacy of poems
that take nature as their subject, and he demonstrates their
force and beauty. In our own time of environmental crises, he
contends, poetry has a unique capacity to restore our atten-
tion to our environment in its imperiled state. And, as we take
heed, we may well become better stewards of the earth.
In forty brief and lucid chapters, Felstiner presents those voic- ♦ Poetry Month (April) promotions
es that have most strongly spoken to and for the natural ♦ Academic and library marketing
world. Poets—from the Romantics through Whitman and
Dickinson to Elizabeth Bishop and Gary Snyder—have helped ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JOHN FELSTINER:
us envision such details as ocean winds eroding and rebuild- Paul Celan
ing dunes in the same breath, wild deer freezing in our pres- Poet, Survivor, Jew
paper 978-0-300-08922-6 $19.00sc
ence, and a person carving initials on a still-living stranded Winner of the Truman Capote Prize for Literary Criticism;
finalist, National Book Critics Circle award; finalist, MLA
whale. James Russell Lowell Prize
Sixty color and black-and-white images, many seen for the

first time, bear out visually the environmental imagination
this book discovers—a poetic legacy more vital now than
ever.
April Poetry Studies/Nature

J O H N F E L S T I N E R is professor of English, Stanford University.
432 pp. 22 color + 40 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
He lives in the Santa Cruz Mountains. 978-0-300-13750-7 $35.00
18
18
General Interest
IT IS DAYLIGHT
Arda Collins
Foreword by Louise Glück
Announcing the 2008 recipient of the Yale

Younger Poets prize
A rda Collins is the 2008 winner of the annual Yale

Series of Younger Poets competition. Mesmer-
izing and electric, her volume It Is Daylight reads as a
series of dramatic monologues articulated in the privacy of
an enclosed space. The poems are concrete and yet meta- ♦ Major review attention
physically challenging, both witty and despairing. Collins’ ♦ Poetry Month (April) promotions
emotional complexity and uncommon range make this ♦ Academic and library marketing
debut both thrillingly imaginative and ethical in its uncom-
promising attention to detail. In her Foreword, contest ♦ Yale Series of Younger Poets
judge Louise Glück observes, “I know no poet whose sense

of fraud, the inflated emptiness that substitutes for feeling,
is more acute.” Glück calls Collins’ volume “savage, deso-
late, brutally ironic . . . a book of astonishing originality
and intensity, unprecedented, unrepeatable.”
♦ An Excerpt from: Snow On The Apples

There was snow on the apples
somewhere.
You’re at home,
it’s getting dark out, rain
makes the cars louder. Nobody
seems to be driving
the cars. Someone has arranged
for them to be there going by,
six o’clock. Someone has made
the sound of air in the room louder.
God? You say, but not aloud. Since
there is no god, you have to be
both you and god. . . .
A R D A C O L L I N S lives in Denver, where she is pursuing a Ph.D.

in poetry. Her poems have been published in journals and maga- April Poetry
zines including The New Yorker, The American Poetry Review, A 96 pp. 7 x 7
Public Space, and others. She is a graduate of the Iowa Writers’ paper 978-0-300-14888-6 $16.00
Workshop, where she was a Glenn Schaeffer Fellow. cloth 978-0-300-14887-9 $30.00 tx
19
General Interest
A L I A . A L L AW I
Photograph by Charles O’Brien

Q: What drew you to the subject of the past infused all aspects of Islamic civilization, has
and present of Islamic civilization? been greatly diminished in the modern era,
A: I have always been puzzled by the contra- making it well-nigh impossible to rejuvenate the
dictory manner in which people interact with wellsprings of the civilization.
Islamic civilization. In the West, it is often spo- Q: Where do you see the roots of resurgence
ken of in the past tense as a civilization once of Islamic civilization?
great but now eclipsed by modernity. Most A: An Islamic civilization can only exist if
Muslims on the other hand refuse to acknowl- Muslims choose to shape their world according
edge that Islamic civilization no longer defines to the precepts of their religion, both in its inner
the world in which they live, and assume that and outer dimensions. Islam is not simply a
the past glories of the civilization continue matter of obeying a particular set of laws or
today. I wanted to establish whether Islam as a injunctions. Neither is it defined by the raw ele-
faith demands that the outer world be fashioned ments of power, wealth, and territory. Of equal
according to its world view; and whether the importance is the ethical dimension of the faith,
loss of an Islamic “civilizational space” is the which obliges Muslims to behave and interact in
reason behind the difficulties that Muslims have ways that enhance the public good. This must
encountered with modernity and, now, global- be revitalized if Islamic civilization is ever to be
ization. reconciled with the demands of the modern
Q: Why has Islamic civilization waned over world without disruption or violence. It can also
the last centuries? be the bridge by which Islamic civilization could
A: I believe it was thwarted by a variety of contribute meaningfully to resolving the
factors, including the wholesale adoption of immense problems and issues that are con-
non-Islamic models, but also by a failure of fronting the world today.
imagination and leadership on the part of the
political, social, and cultural elites. I firmly
believe also that the sense of the sacred, which ♦ ♦ ♦
20
General Interest
THE CRISIS OF ISLAMIC
CIVILIZATION
Ali A. Allawi
A bold analysis of the sources of the crisis

in today’s Islamic world, from a public
intellectual and statesman at its heart
I slam as a religion is central to the lives of over a billion

people, but its outer expression as a distinctive civiliza-
tion has been undergoing a monumental crisis. Buffeted
by powerful adverse currents, Islamic civilization today is
a shadow of its former self. The most disturbing and pos-
sibly fatal of these currents—the imperial expansion of the
West into Muslim lands and the blast of modernity that
accompanied it—are now compounded by a third giant
wave, globalization. Marketing Highlights
♦ National radio interviews
These forces have increasingly tested Islam and Islamic
♦ 20-city radio satellite tour
civilization for validity, adaptability, and the ability to hold
♦ National print advertising
on to the loyalty of Muslims, says Ali A. Allawi in his
provocative new book. While the faith has proved resilient
in the face of these challenges, other aspects of Islamic civ-
ilization have atrophied or died, Allawi contends, and
♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY ALI A. ALLAWI:
Islamic civilization is now undergoing its last crisis.
The Occupation of Iraq
“The most comprehensive historical account
The book explores how Islamic civilization began to unrav-
to date of the disastrous aftermath of the
el under colonial rule, as its institutions, laws, and American invasion”
—Edward Wong, New York Times Book Review
economies were often replaced by inadequate modern
paper 978-0-300-13614-2 $20.00
equivalents. Allawi also examines the backlash expressed Sold more than 20,000 in the US and UK
through the increasing religiosity of Muslim societies and combined
the spectacular rise of political Islam and its terrorist off-

shoots. Assessing the status of each of the building blocks
of Islamic civilization, the author concludes that Islamic
civilization cannot survive without the vital spirituality that
underpinned it in the past. He identifies a key set of prin-
ciples for moving forward, principles that will surprise
some and anger others, yet clearly must be considered.
A L I A . A L L AW I has served as Minister of Defense and April Current Events/History

Minister of Finance in the Iraqi postwar governments. He is senior 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
visiting fellow at Princeton University. 978-0-300-13931-0 $27.50
21
General Interest
SAVAGES AND SCOUNDRELS
The Untold Story of America’s Road to
Empire through Indian Territory
Paul VanDevelder
VanDevelder demolishes long-held myths

about America’s westward expansion and
uncovers the unacknowledged federal Indian
policy that shaped the republic
W hat really happened in the early days of our

nation? How was it possible for white settlers
to march across the entire continent, inexorably claiming
Native American lands for themselves? Who made it hap-
pen, and why? This gripping book tells America’s story
from a new perspective, chronicling the adventures of our
forefathers and showing how a legacy of repeated betray- Praise for Paul VanDevelder’s
als became the bedrock on which the republic was built. Coyote Warrior:
“Intense, heroic, patriotic, heartbreaking,

Paul VanDevelder takes as his focal point the epic federal
uplifting, wise, and instructive, Coyote
treaty ratified in 1851 at Horse Creek, formally recogniz- Warrior is a major work of history. . . .
ing perpetual ownership by a dozen Native American It is our country’s story, and it is our
tribes of 1.1 million square miles of the American West. responsibility to know it. I’m grateful to
Paul VanDevelder for telling it.”
The astonishing and shameful story of this broken treaty— —Rick Bass, author of Winter
one of 371 Indian treaties signed during the eighteenth
and nineteenth centuries—reveals a pattern of fraudulent
government behavior that again and again displaced
Native Americans from their lands. VanDevelder describes ♦ Major review attention
the path that led to the genocide of the American Indian; ♦ Academic and library marketing
those who participated in it, from cowboys and common
folk to aristocrats and presidents; and how the history of
the immoral treatment of Indians through the twentieth
century has profound social, economic, and political impli-
cations for America even today.
PA U L VA N D E V E L D E R is a journalist and author. His book

Coyote Warrior: One Man, Three Tribes, and the Trial That
Forged a Nation was nominated for the Pulitzer Prize, the
April History/American Indian Studies
National Book Award, and the American Bar Association’s Silver
256 pp. 10 illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Gavel Award. He lives in the Pacific Northwest. 978-0-300-12563-4 $26.00
22
General Interest
ROSENFELD’S LIVES
Fame, Oblivion, and the Furies of Writing
Steven J. Zipperstein
A haunting consideration of the extraordinary

mind of Saul Bellow’s unjustly forgotten
friend and literary rival and the extremes of
the writing life
B orn in Chicago in 1918, the prodigiously gifted and

erudite Isaac Rosenfeld was anointed a “genius”
upon the publication of his “luminescent” novel, Passage
from Home, and was expected to surpass even his closest
friend and rival, Saul Bellow. Yet when felled by a heart
attack at the age of thirty-eight, Rosenfeld had published
relatively little, his life reduced to a metaphor for literary “This long-awaited biography of Isaac
failure. Rosenfeld is far more than a brilliant
analysis of the man, his work, and
In this deeply contemplative book, Steven J. Zipperstein his demons. It is a profound—and
profoundly moving—meditation on
seeks to reclaim Rosenfeld’s legacy by “opening up” his the fragility of creativity, the caprices
work. Zipperstein examines for the first time the “small of reputation, and the doom of those
mountain” of unfinished manuscripts the writer left whose lives are thereby made and
unmade.”—Rebecca Newberger Goldstein,
behind, as well as his fiercely candid journals and letters.
author of Betraying Spinoza
In the process, Zipperstein unearths a turbulent life that
was obsessively grounded in a profound commitment to
the ideals of the writing life. Marketing Highlights
Rosenfeld’s Lives is a fascinating exploration of literary ♦ National feature coverage
genius and aspiration and the paradoxical power of litera- ♦ Academic and library marketing
ture to elevate and to enslave. It illuminates the cultural ♦ Online marketing
and political tensions of post-war America, Jewish intellec-
tual life of the era, and—most poignantly—the struggle at
the heart of any writer’s life.
S T E V E N J . Z I P P E R S T E I N is Daniel E. Koshland Professor

in Jewish Culture and History, Stanford University. His previous
books include The Jews of Odessa, which received the Smilen April Biography/Literary Studies/Jewish Studies
Award, and Elusive Prophet, which received the National 320 pp. 13 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Jewish Book Award. He lives in Menlo Park, CA. 978-0-300-12649-5 $27.50
23
General Interest
T E R RY E AG L ETO N
reflects on the issues that animate
Reason, Faith, and Revolution . . .
Religion has wrought untold misery in pation, in an era where the political left
human affairs. For the most part, it has stands in dire need of good ideas. I do not
been a squalid tale of bigotry, superstition, invite such readers to believe in these ideas,
wishful thinking, and oppressive ideology. I any more than I myself in the archangel
therefore have a good deal of sympathy Gabriel, the infallibility of the pope, the idea
with its rationalist and humanist critics. But that Jesus walked on water, or the claim that
it is also the case, as this book argues, that he rose up into heaven before the eyes of his
most such critics buy their rejection of reli- disciples.
gion on the cheap. When it comes to the
New Testament, at least, what they usually
If I try in this book to “ventriloquise” what I
write off is a worthless caricature of the real
take to be a version of the Christian gospel
thing, rooted in a degree of ignorance and
relevant to radicals and humanists, I do not
prejudice to match religion’s own. It is as
wish to be mistaken for a dummy. But the
though one were to dismiss feminism on
Jewish and Christian scriptures have much
the basis of Clint Eastwood’s opinions of it.
to say about some vital questions—death,
suffering, love, self-dispossession, and the
It is with this ignorance and prejudice that I like—on which the left has for the most part
take issue in this book. If the agnostic left maintained an embarrassed silence. It is
cannot afford such intellectual indolence time for this politically crippling shyness to
when it comes to the Jewish and Christian come to an end.
scriptures, it is not only because it belongs
to justice and honesty to confront your ♦ ♦ ♦
opponent at his or her most convincing. It
is also that radicals might discover there
some valuable insights into human emanci-
24
General Interest
REASON, FAITH, AND
REVOLUTION
Reflections on the God Debate
Terry Eagleton
One of our most influential literary critics

challenges atheists such as Richard Dawkins
and Christopher Hitchens and argues that rea-
son and faith are not mutually exclusive
T erry Eagleton’s witty and polemical Reason, Faith,

and Revolution is bound to cause a stir among sci-
entists, theologians, people of faith and people of no faith,
as well as general readers eager to understand the God
Debate. On the one hand, Eagleton demolishes what he Praise for Terry Eagleton’s
calls the “superstitious” view of God held by most atheists The Meaning of Life: A Very Short
and agnostics and offers in its place a revolutionary Introduction
account of the Christian Gospel. On the other hand, he “Eagleton, unsurprisingly, has written
launches a stinging assault on the betrayal of this revolu- an elegant, literate, cogent consider-
tion by institutional Christianity. ation of a maddeningly slippery
topic, one whose conclusions run
contrary to conventional wisdom,
There is little joy here, then, either for the anti-God
especially in this country.”
brigade—Richard Dawkins and Christopher Hitchens in —Laura Miller, Salon.com
particular—nor for many conventional believers. Instead,
Eagleton offers his own vibrant account of religion and Marketing Highlights
politics in a book that ranges from the Holy Spirit to the
recent history of the Middle East, from Thomas Aquinas to
♦ National television interviews
the Twin Towers.
T E R R Y E A G L E T O N is Bailrigg Professor of English Literature

at the University of Lancaster, England, and Professor of Cultural April Religion
Theory at the National University of Ireland, Galway. He lives in 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Dublin. 978-0-300-15179-4 $25.00
25
General Interest
THE TAINTED MUSE
Prejudice and Presumption in
Shakespeare’s Works and Times
Robert Brustein
A provocative look at Shakespeare in his age

by one of our most influential theater critics
T his book is a masterful and engaging exploration of

both Shakespeare’s works and his age. Concentrating
on six recurring prejudices in Shakespeare’s plays—such as
misogyny, elitism, distrust of effeminacy, and racism—
Robert Brustein examines how Shakespeare and his con-
temporaries treated them. More than simply a thematic
study, the book reveals a playwright constantly exploiting Marketing Highlights
and exploring his own personal stances. These prejudices, ♦ Major review attention
Brustein finds, are not unchanging; over time they vary in ♦ Academic and library marketing
intensity and treatment. Shakespeare is an artist who invari- ♦ Timed for publication for the
ably reflects the predilections of his age and yet almost Bard’s birthday
always manages to transcend them.
Brustein considers the whole of Shakespeare’s plays, from

the early histories to the later romances, though he gives
special attention to Hamlet, King Lear, Othello, and The
Tempest. Drawing comparisons to plays by Marlowe,
Middleton, and Marston, Brustein investigates how
Shakespeare’s contemporaries were preoccupied with simi-
lar themes and how these different artists treated the cur-
rent prejudices in their own ways. Rather than confining
Shakespeare to his age, this book has the wonderful quality
of illuminating both what he shared with his time and what
is unique about his approach.
R O B E R T B R U S T E I N was founding director of the Yale

Repertory Theatre and of the American Repertory Theatre and
was drama critic for the New Republic for almost fifty years. He
is the author of six plays, eleven adaptations, and sixteen
books, including The Theater of Revolt and Millennial Stages: April Literary Studies/Drama Studies
Essays and Reviews, 2001–2005, published by Yale University 272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Press. He lives in Cambridge, MA. 978-0-300-11576-5 $26.00
26
General Interest
ATHEIST DELUSIONS
The Christian Revolution and Its
Fashionable Enemies
David Bentley Hart
Like Timothy Keller in The Reason for God,

David Bentley Hart resolutely dismantles the
New Atheists’ arguments against Christian belief
C urrently it is fashionable to be devoutly undevout.

Religion’s most passionate antagonists—
Christopher Hitchens, Richard Dawkins, Daniel Dennett,
Sam Harris, and others—have publishers competing
eagerly to market their various denunciations of religion,
monotheism, Christianity, and Roman Catholicism. But
“With impressive erudition and
contemporary antireligious polemics are based not only polemical panache, David Hart smites
upon profound conceptual confusions but upon facile sim- hip and thigh the peddlers of a ‘new
atheism’ that recycles hoary argu-
plifications of history or even outright historical ignorance:
ments from the past. His grim assess-
so contends David Bentley Hart in this bold correction of ment of our cultural moment chal-
the distortions. One of the most brilliant scholars of reli- lenges the hope that ‘the Christian
gion of our time, Hart provides a powerful antidote to the revolution’ could happen again.”
—Richard John Neuhaus, editor in chief of
New Atheists’ misrepresentations of the Christian past, First Things
bringing into focus the truth about the most radical revo-
lution in Western history.
Hart outlines how Christianity transformed the ancient ♦ Major review attention
world in ways we may have forgotten: bringing liberation ♦ National media interviews
from fatalism, conferring great dignity on human beings, ♦ Academic and library marketing
subverting the cruelest aspects of pagan society, and ele- ♦ Online marketing
vating charity above all virtues. He then argues that what
we term the “Age of Reason” was in fact the beginning of
the eclipse of reason’s authority as a cultural value. Hart
closes the book in the present, delineating the ominous
consequences of the decline of Christendom in a culture
that is built upon its moral and spiritual values.
D AV I D B E N T L E Y H A R T is visiting professor, Theology

Department, Providence College, and author of several books, April Religion/Religious History
including In the Aftermath: Provocations and Laments and The 320 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Beauty of the Infinite: The Aesthetics of Christian Truth. He lives 978-0-300-11190-3 $28.00
in Providence, RI. For sale in North America only
27
General Interest
“Heartbreaking, riveting,
AD I N A H O F FMAN
Peter Cole
Q: Where does the title of your book come
from? A: It entailed a very dynamic kind of detective
work: not surprisingly, the same events sound
A: It’s from the last two lines of a marvelous
quite different when related in Arabic, Hebrew,
poem by Taha Muhammad Ali called “Warning.”
or English, and I needed to piece these versions
In their simple yet somehow intricate way, these
together. My role as historical sleuth continued
words go to the heart of both Taha’s exuberance
as I attempted to connect the dots in the archival
and his melancholy. The balance that he’s play-
record with the memories of the dozens of peo-
ing with there is a key both to his sly art and to
ple—peasants, poets, military commanders—I
his singular character. Though I’m not sure he
interviewed.
intended this, the lines also quietly open out to
describe the paradoxical situation in which Q: Is the focus on Taha alone?
many Palestinians find themselves—especially A: Not at all. This is in all ways a Life and
after 1948, and especially inside Israel. Times—the chronicle of a family, a village, a cul-
Q: How did you become acquainted with ture. It’s also the saga of many other Palestinian
Taha’s work? writers and of certain Jewish Israelis whose lives
have intersected with theirs, for better or worse.
A: I’ve lived in Jerusalem for the past sixteen
Because this is the first biography of a
years and am one of the editors and publishers
Palestinian writer to be published in any lan-
of Ibis Editions, a small press that’s based there
guage, I felt strongly that I needed to offer up
and that first published Taha’s work in English.
portraits of a whole range of poets and novelists.
It was clear to me immediately that Taha was a
This was important not only to put Taha’s life
remarkable poet. Soon after meeting him, I
and work in perspective but also because so
came to realize that he was also a remarkable
many of these writers have led absolutely fasci-
person with a remarkable story.
nating lives—lives the West, for the most part,
Q: Was there anything particularly exciting knows almost nothing about.
about your research?
♦ ♦ ♦
28
General Interest
and one of a kind.”
—Gerald Stern, National Book Award winner for This Time: New and Selected Poems
MY HAPPINESS BEARS NO
RELATION TO HAPPINESS
A Poet’s Life in the Palestinian Century
Adina Hoffman
This first biography of a Palestinian writer

also provides a moving account of the ways
“ordinary” individuals are swept up by the
floodtides of both war and peace
B eautifully written, and composed with a novelist’s

eye for detail, this book tells the story of an excep-
tional man and the culture from which he emerged.
Taha Muhammad Ali was born in 1931 in the Galilee vil-

lage of Saffuriyya and was forced to flee during the war in
1948. He traveled on foot to Lebanon and returned a year “Reading Adina Hoffman’s remarkable
later to find his village destroyed. An autodidact, he has book we are consoled that, in the face
of terrible brutalities and sufferings, the
since run a souvenir shop in Nazareth, at the same time
enduring power of poetry might restore
evolving into what National Book Critics Circle Award-win- in words—and celebrate—a measure of
ner Eliot Weinberger has dubbed “perhaps the most acces- what has been lost in reality.”
—Azar Nafisi, author of Reading Lolita in Tehran
sible and delightful poet alive today.”
As it places Muhammad Ali’s life in the context of the lives Marketing Highlights
of his predecessors and peers, My Happiness offers a
sweeping depiction of a charged and fateful epoch. It is a
♦ National media interviews
work that Arabic scholar Michael Sells describes as
“among the five ‘must read’ books on the Israel-Palestine
♦ National author lecture tour
tragedy.” In an era when talk of the “Clash of Civilizations”
♦ Poetry Month (April) promotions
dominates, this biography offers something else entirely:
a view of the people and culture of the Middle East that is
rich, nuanced, and, above all else, deeply human.
A D I N A H O F F M A N is the author of House of Windows:

Portraits from a Jerusalem Neighborhood. Her essays and criti-
cism have appeared in the Nation, the Washington Post, and April Biography/Cultural Studies/Literature
the Times Literary Supplement and on the BBC. One of the 480 pp. 65 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
founders and editors of Ibis Editions, she lives in Jerusalem. 978-0-300-14150-4 $27.50
29
General Interest
FOR THE COMMON GOOD
Principles of American Academic Freedom
Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post
An exploration of the meaning of academic

freedom in American higher education
D ebates about academic freedom have become

increasingly fierce and frequent. Legislative efforts
to regulate American professors proliferate across the
nation. Although most American scholars desire to protect
academic freedom, they have only a vague and uncertain
apprehension of its basic principles and structure. This “At a time when too many of academic
book offers a concise explanation of the history and freedom’s defenders and critics are
unclear about just what academic free-
meaning of American academic freedom, and it attempts dom is—and is not—this historically
to intervene in contemporary debates by clarifying the grounded, lucid formulation of academ-
fundamental functions and purposes of academic free- ic freedom’s basic principles is of
extraordinary value.”
dom in America.
—David A. Hollinger, University of California,
Berkeley
Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post trace how the
American conception of academic freedom was first sys-
tematically articulated in 1915 by the American
Association of University Professors (AAUP) and how this ♦ Major review attention
conception was in subsequent years elaborated and ♦ Academic and library marketing
applied by Committee A of the AAUP. The authors discuss
the four primary dimensions of academic freedom—
research and publication, teaching, intramural speech,
and extramural speech. They carefully distinguish aca-
demic freedom from the kind of individual free speech
right that is created by the First Amendment. The authors
strongly argue that academic freedom protects the capac-
ity of faculty to pursue the scholar’s profession according
to the standards of that profession.
M AT T H E W W. F I N K I N is Albert J. Harno and Edward W.

Cleary Chair in Law, The University of Illinois at Urbana-
Champaign, College of Law. He lives in Champaign. R O B E R T
April Law
C . P O S T is David Boies Professor of Law, Yale Law School. 272 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
He lives in New Haven, CT. 978-0-300-14354-6 $27.50
30
General Interest
MONEY, MARKETS, AND
SOVEREIGNTY
Benn Steil and Manuel Hinds
A timely investigation of why currencies rise

and fall and the impact of monetary national-
ism on globalization
I n this keenly argued book, Benn Steil and Manuel Hinds

offer the most powerful defense of economic liberalism
since F. A. Hayek published The Road to Serfdom more
than sixty years ago. The authors present a fascinating
intellectual history of monetary nationalism from the
ancient world to the present and explore why, in its mod- Marketing Highlights
ern incarnation, it represents the single greatest threat to
globalization.
Steil and Hinds describe the current state of international
economic relations as both unusual and precarious. Eras ♦ A Council on Foreign Relations Book
of economic protectionism have historically coincided
with monetary nationalism, while eras of liberal trade
have been accompanied by a universal monetary stan-
dard. But today, the authors show, an unprecedentedly lib-
eral global trade regime operates side by side with the
most extreme doctrine of monetary nationalism ever con-
trived—a situation bound to trigger periodic crises. Steil
and Hinds call for a revival of the political and economic
thinking that underlay earlier great periods of globaliza-
tion, thinking that is increasingly under threat by more
recent ideas about what sovereignty means.
B E N N S T E I L is senior fellow and director of international eco-

nomics, Council on Foreign Relations, and founding editor of the
journal International Finance. He is the author of Financial
Statecraft, published by Yale University Press. He lives in New
York City. M A N U E L H I N D S is a business and government con-
sultant and former fellow, Council on Foreign Relations. He has
twice served as minister of finance in El Salvador. He is the author April Economics/Globalization
of Playing Monopoly with the Devil, published by Yale University 296 pp. 50 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Press. He lives in San Salvador. 978-0-300-14924-1 $29.95
31
General Interest
BENN Y MORRIS
Photo by Yagi Morris

Q: What do you see as the relation between overnight around 1945. Perhaps a similar trau-
this book and 1948: The First Arab-Israeli War? ma would do it for the Arab world. Perhaps.
A: In a way, One State, Two States follows Q: Are you now more hopeful about the pos-
through on 1948. That is, 1948 is still with us, sibility of resolving the Israeli-Arab conflict?
both in the sense that a two-state solution for A: No, I do not hold out high hopes for the
the Palestine problem is what the international future, believing that the Palestinian national
community and the Israeli left and center still movement has never accepted, and continues to
want, and in the sense that the refugee prob- reject, in its innermost being, a two-state solu-
lem, created in that year, remains with us and is tion, while most Israeli Jews, 99 percent of
the main motor force of Palestinian revanchism. them, do not agree to a one-state solution and
Q: Last year, you stated that if Palestine were most Arabs will not agree to sharing govern-
to accord Israel legitimacy, this conflict would ment in a one-state solution based on parity, so
be soluble but that, at present, the Palestinian neither solution will come about. So, no, I am
mindset makes this impossible. How can this not optimistic.
mindset be changed? Q: What impact do you hope your book will
A: Mindsets can be changed over the long term have?
through education and gradual osmosis. But A: I hope it will propel readers to think about
this doesn’t seem to be happening among the the problem and its possible, or impossible,
Palestinians or, for that matter, the Arab world solutions. And to think about the Jordanian
in general. Rather the opposite—these peoples option, which I believe should be resurrected as
are growing increasingly radicalized, making the only, albeit slim, avenue toward a brighter
the requisite change of mindset even less proba- future.
ble in coming decades. Alternatively, mindsets
can be changed at a stroke, albeit a very violent
stroke, in a critical instant in history—as
German and Japanese mindsets changed almost ♦ ♦ ♦
32
General Interest
ONE STATE, TWO STATES
Resolving the Israel/Palestine Conflict
Benny Morris
A renowned historian eludes the pitfalls of

partisanship and tackles one of the world’s
most perplexing and divisive issues
“W hat is so striking about Morris’s work as a

historian is that it does not flatter anyone’s
prejudices, least of all his own,” David Remnick remarked
in a New Yorker article that coincided with the publication
of Benny Morris’s 1948: A History of the First Arab-Israeli Marketing Highlights
War. With the same commitment to objectivity that has
consistently characterized his approach, Morris now turns
♦ Father’s Day promotions
his attention to the present-day legacy of the events of
1948 and the concrete options for the future of Palestine
♦ Cross-promotion with
and Israel.
1948 PB release
The book scrutinizes the history of the goals of the ♦ Academic and library marketing
Palestinian national movement and the Zionist move- ♦ Online marketing
ment, then considers the various one- and two-state pro-
posals made by different streams within the two move- ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY BENNY MORRIS:
ments. It also looks at the willingness or unwillingness of 1948: A History of the First Arab-Israeli War
Now in paperback (see page 89)
each movement to find an accommodation based on
Sold more than 12,000 copies in hardcover
compromise. Morris assesses the viability and practicality
“A commanding, superbly documented, and
of proposed solutions in the light of complicated and acri- fair-minded study of the events that, in the
monious realities. Throughout his groundbreaking career, wake of the Holocaust, gave a sovereign
home to one people and dispossessed
Morris has reshaped understanding of the Israeli-Arab con- another.”—David Remnick, New Yorker, on 1948
flict. Here, once again, he arrives at a new way of thinking
about the discord, injecting a ray of hope in a region where
it is most sorely needed.
B E N N Y M O R R I S is professor of history, Middle East Studies

Department, Ben-Gurion University, Israel. He has published many
previous books as an author and editor, among them Righteous
Victims: A History of the Zionist-Arab Conflict, 1881–2001; The April History/Current Events/Mideast Studies
Birth of the Palestinian Refugee Problem Revisited; and Making 256 pp. 6 maps 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Israel. He lives in Israel. 978-0-300-12281-7 $26.00
33
General Interest
M I R I RU B I N
Amy Price
Q: What led you to write a book about Mary? cussion draws the link between Mary and the
A: Medieval miracle stories often paired Mary devotions of women; Mother of God traces the
and a doubting Jew. Such material prompted me making of Mary in theology and liturgy, art and
to look at a whole series of questions which had miracles tales, so often made by men.
not as yet been addressed by historians. Mary Q: What impact do you hope your book will
was also always present as I studied the lives of have?
religious women in the Middle Ages. It was A: I hope the book will have a variety of
extraordinary to me to find that no historian effects: that it will inspire a reflection on the
had written a book about Mary in that period. deep meaning of the maternal in world cultures;
As I began my research almost a decade ago, I that it will move readers to a richly informed
discovered that one had to start the story much appreciation of their own religious traditions;
earlier still, at the very beginning. . . that non-Christians will come to know the
Q: What unique perspective do you bring to Christian tradition better; that the importance of
the story? Mary in Islam will be recognized; that readers
A: I believe I bring to this history insights will appreciate how much-loved images—like
from the broad array of historical interests: his- those of Mary—have been used historically to
tory of religion, of town life, of popular culture, exclude and even incite violence. Above all, I hope
of women and gender, of art, and of the cultural that our sense of both continuity and difference
impact of Europe on other parts of the world. from the past will be enriched and deepened.
Q: What in your research surprised you

about the subject?
A: The most surprising was probably the
degree to which men were attached to Mary, ♦ ♦ ♦
and how deep that filial relationship was. So

much scholarship as well as more popular dis-
34
General Interest
MOTHER OF GOD
A History of the Virgin Mary
Miri Rubin
A sweeping, ambitious study of the Virgin

Mary’s emergence and role throughout
Western history
H ow did the Virgin Mary, about whom very little is

said in the Gospels, become one of the most pow-
erful, influential, and complex religious figures in the
world? To arrive at the answers to this far-reaching ques-
tion, one of our foremost medieval historians, Miri Rubin, “Miri Rubin shows us the many
meanings the Virgin Mary had for
investigates the ideas, practices, and images that have
people over the centuries in the West
developed around the figure of Mary from the earliest and beyond. A miracle of scholarship
decades of Christianity to around the year 1600. Drawing and great storytelling!”
—Natalie Zemon Davis, author of
on an extraordinarily wide range of sources—including
Women on the Margins
music, poetry, theology, art, scripture, and miracle tales—
Rubin reveals how Mary became so embedded in our cul-
ture that it is impossible to conceive of Western history
without her. ♦ Major review attention
In her rise to global prominence, Mary was continually ♦ National media interviews
remade and reimagined by wave after wave of devotees. ♦ Mother’s Day promotions
Rubin shows how early Christians endowed Mary with a ♦ Academic and library marketing
fine ancestry; why in early medieval Europe her roles as ♦ Online marketing
mother, bride, and companion came to the fore; and how
the focus later shifted to her humanity and unparalleled
purity. She also explores how indigenous people in Central
America, Africa, and Asia remade Mary and so fit her into
their own cultures.
Beautifully written and finely illustrated, this book is a tri-

umph of sympathy and intelligence. It demonstrates
Mary’s endless capacity to inspire and her profound pres-
ence in Christian cultures and beyond.
April Religion/Religious History

544 pp. 32 color and 8 b/w illus. 6 x 9
M I R I R U B I N is professor of history, Queen Mary University of 978-0-300-10500-1 $35.00
London. She lives in Cambridge, UK. For sale in North America only
35
General Interest
FAULKNER AND LOVE
The Women Who Shaped His Art
Judith L. Sensibar
In the tradition of Freud’s Women, the deeply

moving, untold story of America’s greatest twen-
tieth-century novelist and the three women at
the center of his imaginative life
T his book is about the making of the writer William

Faulkner. It is the first to inquire into the three most
important women in his life—his black and white moth-
ers, Caroline Barr and Maud Falkner, and the childhood
friend who became his wife, Estelle Oldham. In this new
exploration of Faulkner’s creative process, Judith L. “A remarkable work of sleuthing,
researching, and interpreting. Sensibar
Sensibar discovers that these women’s relationships with
has used every resource in print, and
Faulkner were not simply close; they gave life to his imag- has buttressed all that information with
ination. Sensibar brings to the foreground—as Faulkner countless oral interviews to provide a
did—this “female world,” an approach unprecedented in myriad of insights into Faulkner.”
—Linda Wagner-Martin, University of North
Faulkner biography. Carolina, Chapel Hill
Through extensive research in untapped biographical

sources—archival materials and interviews with these
women’s families and other members of the communi-
ties in which they lived—Sensibar transcends existing ♦ National feature coverage
scholarship and reconnects Faulkner’s biography to his ♦ Academic and library marketing
work. She demonstrates how the themes of race, tor- ♦ Online marketing
mented love, and addiction that permeated his fiction
had their origins in his three defining relationships with
women. Sensibar alters and enriches our understanding
not only of Faulkner, his art, and the complex world of the
American South that came to life in his brilliant fiction but
also of darknesses, fears, and unspokens that Faulkner
unveiled in the American psyche.
J U D I T H L . S E N S I B A R is professor emeritus, Department of

English, Arizona State University. She is the author of The Origins
of Faulkner’s Art (1984), praised as a seminal work in Faulkner
April Literary Studies/Biography
scholarship, and of numerous essays on Faulkner and other topics
624 pp. 75 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
in literary studies. She lives in Chicago. 978-0-300-11503-1 $40.00
36
General Interest
FIGHTING CANCER WITH
KNOWLEDGE AND HOPE
A Guide for Patients, Families, and Health
Care Providers
Richard C. Frank, M.D.
Illustrations by Gale V. Parsons
A leading oncologist demystifies cancer with

accurate, accessible, and honest information
A nyone who is diagnosed with cancer receives a

frightening blow, and in many cases the diagnosis
is accompanied by a bewildering array of treatment choic-
es. In this invaluable book, Dr. Richard C. Frank offers com-
fort and help to cancer patients, their families, and their
caretakers. Dr. Frank empowers patients by unlocking the “This book simplifies the language of
cancer medicine and its related science
mysteries of the disease and explaining in plain language to a level that allows most patients and
the ways to confront and combat it. family members to understand the
important concepts needed to make
An award-winning medical oncologist recognized for his decisions about treatment and overall
care.”—Ann A. Jakubowski, Ph.D., M.D.,
humanitarian approach as well as his research accomplish-
Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center
ments, Dr. Frank understands that cancer patients and
their families need insight into the disease along with a
sense of control. He therefore addresses these vital topics:
♦ National media interviews
♦ what cancer is and how it spreads
♦ National Cancer Month
♦ how cancer treatment strategies are chosen
(April) promotions
♦ how cancer-fighting drugs work to shut down the growth
♦ Library marketing
of the disease
♦ which factors affect a patient’s prognosis
♦ how patients can visualize cancer treatments at work in
♦ Yale University Press Health & Wellness
the body and why this is helpful
♦ how to deal with “uncurable” cancer The Yale University Press Health and
Wellness series provides authoritative,
♦ and more. accessible books on health-related topics
With a wealth of patient case histories, helpful coping to help readers lead healthier lives
strategies from cancer survivors, and up-to-date informa-

tion on useful resources, Fighting Cancer is the book cancer
patients and their loved ones can turn to with confidence
and hope.
R I C H A R D C . F R A N K , M . D . , is director of cancer April Health/Medicine

research, Whittingham Cancer Center, Norwalk Hospital, 320 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Norwalk, CT, and medical director, Mid-Fairfield Hospice, paper 978-0-300-15102-2 $18.00 tx
Wilton, CT. He lives in Fairfield, CT. 978-0-300-14926-5 $28.00tx
37
General Interest
THE ESSENTIAL HOSPITAL
HANDBOOK
How to be an Effective Partner in a Loved
One’s Care
Patrick Conlon
Research shows that supportive family and friends

can improve the outcome of a loved one’s hospital
stay, but how exactly can they help?
H ospitalization is often as dismaying and frightening

for family members as it is for the patient. And
despite a heartfelt desire to understand what is happening
and to comfort a sick or injured loved one, too often rela-
tives and friends feel helpless and marginalized by the
“Entering the hospital is frightening and
hospital system. This valuable book is the first to assist disorienting. Patients and loved ones can
families and friends of adult patients to navigate the unfa- ease the painful experience by under-
miliar and intimidating territory of the hospital. It spells standing how best to navigate this often
confusing environment.”—Julie K. Silver, M.D.,
out in the clearest terms how a family can form a part- author of What Helped Get Me Through: Cancer
nership with medical providers to ensure the best patient Survivors Share Wisdom and Hope
care possible, such as:
♦ Dos and don’ts for interacting with hospital staff Marketing Highlights
♦ Handy tear-out checklists for managing different ♦ Off-the-book page features
stages of care ♦ Author lectures
♦ Glossary of hospital jargon and acronyms ♦ Library marketing
♦ Helpful sidebars answering common questions
♦ Easy-to-use caregiver’s chart and diary ♦ Yale University Press Health & Wellness
The Yale University Press Health and

Patrick Conlon’s inspiration for the book was the sudden, Wellness series provides authoritative,
frightening hospitalization of his longtime partner, Jim, accessible books on health-related topics
to help readers lead healthier lives
and his personal struggle to develop a useful role for him-
self as a caregiver. Here he provides the handbook he
wishes he’d had when Jim was admitted to the hospital.
Conlon offers encouragement, proven strategies, and
straightforward advice—all with the goal of empowering
others to become successful care partners at the bedside
of their loved ones.
May Health/Medicine
PAT R I C K C O N L O N is an award-winning journalist, author, 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
broadcaster, and public advocate for family-inclusive hospital paper 978-0-300-14576-2 $18.00
care. He lives in Toronto. cloth 978-0-300-14575-5 $30.00tx
38
38
General Interest
TENOR
History of a Voice
John Potter
A lively history of the tenor voice and its

extraordinary virtuosos, including Caruso,
Bocelli, Pavarotti, and other beloved singers
F rom its emergence in the sixteenth century to the phe-

nomenon of the “Three Tenors” and beyond, the
tenor voice has grown in popularity and esteem. This
engaging and authoritative book—the first comprehensive
history of tenor singing—presents fascinating details “I cannot think of anyone better suited
about the world’s great performers, styles of singing in dif- to write on this subject.”
ferent countries, teachers and music schools, the variety of —Kenneth Bowen, opera singer
compositions for the tenor voice, and much more.

John Potter begins by surveying the prehistory of the tenor
in the medieval period, when Gregorian chant and early
polyphony had implications for a voice-type, and proceeds
to the sixteenth century, when singers were first identified
as tenors. He focuses on many of the greatest tenors—
those who predated the gramophone as well as those
whose recorded voices may still be heard—and considers
the ways in which each is historically significant. The
names range from legendary early figures like Ludwig
Schnoor von Carolsfeld (Wagner’s first Tristan) to those
more familiar such as Enrico Caruso, Richard Tauber,
Mario Lanza, Roberto Alagna, Ian Bostridge, Andrea
Bocelli, Il Divo, and, of course, Pavarotti, Domingo, and
Carreras. Admirers of the tenor voice will especially appre-
ciate the book’s unique reference section, with biblio-
graphical and discographical/video information on several
hundred tenors.
J O H N P O T T E R is reader in music at the University of York. May Music

He is also a singer and vocal coach, with a discography of 200 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/2 x 9 1/4
some 150 titles. He lives in York, UK. 978-0-300-11873-5 $35.00
39
General Interest
“One of our most prominent
AD R I AN
G O L D S WO RT H Y
Joe Nixon
Q: How does focusing on an individual life, or for a long period whose character we can
as in your highly acclaimed Caesar, compare know—not least through his famous
with the sweeping history of empire that you Meditations. It is also a good point to look at
have created in How Rome Fell? the Empire at this period, when it was clearly at
A: It is very different. In a biography the its height. Gibbon, however, continued his nar-
framework of the book naturally follows that of rative into the fifteenth century, ending with the
an individual’s life from birth to death—fifty- fall of Constantinople to the Ottoman Turks.
six years in Caesar’s case. Looking at the decline That marked the end of a state directly descend-
and fall of the Roman Empire is a much bigger ed from the empire of the Caesars. However, the
question. The time span I chose covers some Eastern Roman Empire was already a pale
four centuries. This makes it a much more com- shadow of its united predecessor by the end of
plex story to tell, yet this complexity makes it the sixth century, even before much of its terri-
all the more fascinating. tory was overrun by the initial conquests of the
Muslim Arabs in the seventh century. The
Q: Did you have Gibbon in mind as you
theme of How Rome Fell is the process that led
wrote?
to this.
A: The scale and perception of Gibbon’s work
Q: Your subtitle is Death of a Superpower. Are
remains awe inspiring. However, Decline and
you suggesting a direct correlation between
Fall was very much a product of its author and
events of Ancient Rome and America in the
his age—the volumes were released in the shad-
twenty-first century?
ow of the American Revolution and reflected an
eighteenth-century Englishman’s view of society A: No, the situations are, of course, very dif-
and religion. ferent. Besides, we need to understand the past
on its own terms before drawing lessons from
Q: How did you determine your starting and
the present and future.
ending points?
A: Like Gibbon, I begin with the death of ♦ ♦ ♦
Marcus Aurelius in 180, as he is the last emper-
40
General Interest
young military historians.” —John Keegan
HOW ROME FELL

Death of a Superpower
Adrian Goldsworthy
A major new history of the fall of the Roman

Empire, by the prizewinning author of Caesar
I n AD 200, the Roman Empire seemed unassailable. Its

vast territory accounted for most of the known
world. By the end of the fifth century, Roman rule had van-
ished in western Europe and much of northern Africa, and
only a shrunken Eastern Empire remained. What accounts
for this improbable decline? Here, Adrian Goldsworthy
applies the scholarship, perspective, and narrative skill
“Adrian Goldsworthy is one of the new
that defined his monumental Caesar to address perhaps generation of young classicists who
the greatest of all historical questions—how Rome fell. combines scholarship with storytelling
to bring the ancient world to life.”
It was a period of remarkable personalities, from the —Simon Sebag Montefiore
philosopher-emperor Marcus Aurelius to emperors like

Diocletian, who portrayed themselves as tough, even bru-
tal, soldiers. It was a time of revolutionary ideas, especial- ♦ Major review attention
ly in religion, as Christianity went from persecuted sect to ♦ National media interviews
the religion of state and emperors. Goldsworthy pays par- ♦ National print advertising
ticular attention to the willingness of Roman soldiers to ♦ Back ad in paperback reprints
of Caesar
fight and kill each other. Ultimately, this is the story of how
♦ Backlist promotion of Caesar pb
an empire without a serious rival rotted from within, its
rulers and institutions putting short-term ambition and
personal survival over the wider good of the state.
How Rome Fell is a brilliant successor to Goldsworthy’s ♦ ALSO BY ADRIAN GOLDSWORTHY:

“monumental” (Atlantic) Caesar.
Caesar
paper 978-0-300-12689-1 $18.00
An Amazon.com Best Book of 2006
A New York Times Notable Book of
the Year
Winner of The Society of Military
History’s Distinguished Book Award
for biography
Sold more than 40,000 copies in hardcover and
paperback
A D R I A N G O L D S W O R T H Y is the author of many books
about the ancient world, including Caesar, The Roman Army at May History
War, and In the Name of Rome. He lectures widely and consults 544 pp. 33 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
on historical documentaries produced by the History Channel, 978-0-300-13719-4 $32.50
For sale in the U.S., its territories and dependencies, and
National Geographic, and the BBC. He lives in Wales. the Philippine Islands only
41
General Interest
THE EURO
The Politics of the New Global Currency
David Marsh
On the tenth anniversary of the Euro, a look

at its tumultuous history—and its future
prospects
T his book is the first comprehensive political and

economic account of the birth and development of
the Euro. Today the Euro is the supranational currency for
fifteen European countries and the world’s second-largest
reserve currency. David Marsh tells the story of the rival-
ries, intrigues, and deal making that brought about a cur- “An amazingly detailed and thoroughly
rency for Europe, and he analyzes the achievements and readable account of the long march to the
Euro. This is the stuff of a political thriller:
shortcomings of its first decade of existence.
the deal-making behind a currency con-
structed not just as a financial instrument
While the Euro represents a remarkable triumph of politi- but also as a way of overcoming centuries
cal will, great pressures are building on the single curren- of conflict. Anyone interested in European
cy. Drawing on more than 100 interviews with leading fig- politics and economics, as well as Europe’s
place in the wider world, would enjoy it.”
ures associated with the Euro, and scores of secret docu-
—George Soros
ments from international archives, Marsh underscores the
Euro’s importance for the global economy, in particular for
U.S. and British economic and political agendas.
Hidden facts and fresh insights from The Euro: ♦ Academic and library marketing
♦ How the legacy of France and Germany’s tortuous
relations affects the Euro
♦ Why the United Kingdom is unlikely to accept the
Euro before 2025
♦ The impact on the Euro of the U.S. credit crisis
♦ How the Euro has rebounded against the aspirations
of its founders
♦ How Italy and Spain have massively lost
competitiveness
♦ Why radical changes must be adopted to prevent a
European upheaval
D AV I D M A R S H is chairman of London & Oxford Capital

Markets, an investment bank. He is a frequent contributor to May Economics/Globalization
German and British publications, and he lectures widely on polit- 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
ical, economic, and business issues. He lives in London. 978-0-300-12730-0 $35.00
42
General Interest
SPIES
The Rise and Fall of the KGB in America
John Earl Haynes, Harvey Klehr, and
Alexander Vassiliev
From the acclaimed authors of Venona and

The Secret Life of American Communism, an
unprecedented exposé of Soviet espionage in
the United States during the 1930s and ’40s
T his stunning book, based on KGB archives that have

never come to light before, provides the most com-
plete account of Soviet espionage in America ever written.
In 1993, former KGB officer Alexander Vassiliev was per-
mitted unique access to Stalin-era records of Soviet intelli-
gence operations against the United States. Years later, liv- Marketing Highlights
ing in Britain, Vassiliev retrieved his extensive notebooks ♦ Major review attention
of transcribed documents from Moscow. With these note- ♦ Off-the-book page features
books John Earl Haynes and Harvey Klehr have meticu- ♦ Father’s Day promotions
lously constructed a new, sometimes shocking, historical ♦ Academic and library marketing
account. ♦ Online marketing
Along with general insights into espionage tactics and

♦ ALSO BY JOHN EARL HAYNES AND
the motives of Americans who spied for Stalin, Spies HARVEY KLEHR:
resolves specific, long-seething controversies. The book
Venona
confirms, among many other things, that Alger Hiss paper 978-0-300-08462-7 $21.00
Sold more than 20,000 copies in hardcover and
cooperated with Soviet intelligence over a long period of paperback
years, that journalist I. F. Stone worked on behalf of the
The Secret World of American Communism
KGB in the 1930s, and that Robert Oppenheimer was paper 978-0-300-06855-9 $23.00tx
never recruited by Soviet intelligence. Spies also uncov-
ers numerous American spies who were never even
under suspicion and satisfyingly identifies the last unac-
counted for American nuclear spies. Vassiliev tells the
story of the notebooks and his own extraordinary life in
a gripping introduction to the volume.
J O H N E A R L H AY N E S is a historian in the Manuscript Division,

the Library of Congress. He lives in Kensington, MD. H A R V E Y
K L E H R is Andrew W. Mellon Professor of Politics and History, Emory
University. He lives in Atlanta, GA. Haynes and Klehr are coauthors
with Fridrikh Igorevich Firsov of The Secret World of American
Communism, published by Yale University Press. A L E X A N D E R May History/Soviet History
VA S S I L I E V , journalist and coauthor with Allen Weinstein of The 704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Haunted Wood: Soviet Espionage in America, now lives in the UK. 978-0-300-12390-6 $35.00
43
General Interest
“Wetware is science for
D E N N I S B R AY
Philip Mynott
Q: What is your new book about? A: Well, there’s obviously evolutionary continu-
A: Wetware concerns the computations that ity. If you think about single amoebae crawling
go on inside living cells and living organisms. around, they have to find food, avoid noxious
substances and predators, or find suitable eco-
Q: So how does a living cell—just a blob of
logical niches. Early microscopists described in
jelly—carry out computations?
great detail how single-celled organisms behave
A: It turns out that the molecules in a cell, par- in many ways like higher animals. When you
ticularly the large, complicated molecules such
look into the brains of higher-level animals for
as DNA and proteins, have switchlike proper-
the basis for mentation, motivation, and memo-
ties: they can go from one state to another. This
ry, you find that these are built from the same
switching is affected by their local environment,
kinds of biochemical circuits as in bacteria and
which in turn is dictated by other switches, and
amoebae.
so on. So you get networks of interacting mole-
Q: What new ideas or perspectives do you
cules, like biochemical circuits. It has become
hope readers will gain from your book?
clear that these circuits can perform the
processes that you’re used to in electronic A: Every age has its metaphors for life: seven-
devices, such as amplification, addition, subtrac- teenth century philosophers talked about
tion, coincidence detection, and the storage of machines operating by clockwork or hydraulics;
memories. in the nineteenth century, electricity and mag-
netism were in vogue. The twentieth century
Q: It sounds like robotics. Are living cells just
took us down to the level of molecules and pro-
like machines?
vided explanations based on chemistry. The new
A: They’re certainly not identical, but there is a idea I hope to get across in Wetware is that
fertile interplay between the two disciplines.
these molecules perform logical operations like
Biologists can learn a lot by looking at what
electronic circuits. It’s a new way of thinking
robots can do, and of course much of robotics is
that explains much that is otherwise incompre-
inspired by biology.
hensible about living organisms.
Q: How does this relate to what’s happening
in the brain? ♦ ♦ ♦
44
General Interest
the layman at its best.”
—Frank M. Harold, author of The Way of the Cell
WETWARE
A Computer in Every Living Cell
Dennis Bray
In the tradition of Erwin Schrödinger’s What Is

Life? and Richard Dawkins’s The Selfish Gene,
a distinguished cell biologist explains how
living cells perform computations
H ow does a single-cell creature, such as an amoeba,

lead such a sophisticated life? How does it hunt liv-
ing prey, respond to lights, sounds, and smells, and dis-
play complex sequences of movements without the ben-
efit of a nervous system? This book offers a startling and
original answer. “A provocative topic engaged in fine
style by an author in full command of
the relevant facts and history. This is a
In clear, jargon-free language, Dennis Bray taps the find-
very interesting book.”— Dale Purves,
ings of the new discipline of systems biology to show that Center for Cognitive Neuroscience and
the internal chemistry of living cells is a form of compu- Department of Neurobiology, Duke University
tation. Cells are built out of molecular circuits that perform
logical operations, as electronic devices do, but with Marketing Highlights
unique properties. Bray argues that the computational ♦ Major review attention
juice of cells provides the basis of all the distinctive prop- ♦ Off-the-book page features
erties of living systems: it allows organisms to embody in ♦ Academic and library marketing
their internal structure an image of the world, and this ♦ Online marketing
accounts for their adaptability, responsiveness, and intelli-
gence.
In Wetware, Bray offers imaginative, wide-ranging, and

perceptive critiques of robotics and complexity theory, as
well as many entertaining and telling anecdotes. For the
general reader, the practicing scientist, and all others with
an interest in the nature of life, the book is an exciting por-
tal to some of biology’s latest discoveries and ideas.
D E N N I S B R AY is professor emeritus, University of

Cambridge, and coauthor of several bestselling and influential
texts on molecular and cell biology. In 2007 he was awarded May Science
the prestigious European Science Prize in Computational 256 pp. 23 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Biology. He lives in Cambridge, UK. 978-0-300-14173-3 $28.00
45
General Interest
AN INSIDER’S GUIDE TO THE UN
Second Edition
Linda Fasulo
A fully updated and revised edition of the

book Tom Brokaw called “must reading for
anyone interested in international affairs.”
T his completely revised edition of Linda Fasulo’s

popular guide to the United Nations surveys the
world body’s programs and activities, and covers key
issues, including human rights, climate change, counter-
terrorism, nuclear proliferation, peacekeeping, and UN
reform. It also offers guidelines for setting up a Model UN.
“No one knows the big picture and inner workings of the Marketing Highlights
UN better than Linda Fasulo. This book is a must-read for
anyone interested in international affairs.” ♦ Major review attention
—Tom Brokaw, NBC News ♦ Academic and library marketing
“With fine journalistic clarity, the author leads readers
through the complex organizational structure of the
United Nations, shedding light on its mission, evolution,
and controversies.”
—Christine C. Menefee, School Library Journal
“The indispensable source on the United Nations for every-

one from students to diplomats. I keep it handy on my
desk.”—Joseph S. Nye, Kennedy School of Government, Harvard
University
“[A] wonderful insider’s guide, . . . packed with great

information.”
— John McLaughlin, on his One on One television program
“One of the best reference guides for those inside and out-
side the UN system.”
—IPS UN Journal (Inter Press Service)
“A living primer for those interested in finding their way

around the UN.”
—Shashi Tharoor, UN Under-Secretary-General for Public Information
May Current Events

288 pp. 53 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
L I N D A FA S U L O is a longtime independent correspondent for
paper 978-0-300-14197-9 $17.00
National Public Radio (NPR) and NBC News. First edition paper (S ‘05) 978-0-300-10762-3
46
General Interest
SEASONS OF LIFE
The Biological Rhythms That Enable Living
Things to Thrive and Survive
Russell G. Foster and Leon Kreitzman
From the acclaimed authors of Rhythms of Life,

“a lucid and engaging exploration of seasonal
rhythms in all living things.” (Jennifer Ackerman)
J ust as daily events are timed by living creatures through

circadian rhythms, so seasonal events are timed
through an internal calendar that signals birds to return to
nesting grounds, salmon to spawn, plants to flower, squir-
rels to hibernate, kelp to stop growing.
In this fascinating book, Russell G. Foster and Leon

Kreitzman draw on remarkable recent scientific advances Praise for Rhythms of Life:
to explain how seasonal change affects organisms, and
“A fascinating new book. . . .The
how plants and animals over countless generations have authors show how the daily patterns
evolved exquisite sensitivities and adaptations to the sea- known as circadian rhythms . . .
sons. The authors also highlight the impact of seasonal influence far more than our sleep.
. . .The book traces the century-long
change on human health and well-being. They conclude
quest to unravel their mechanism,
with a discussion of the dangers posed when climate with some startling outcomes.”
changes disrupt the seasonal rhythms on which so much —Anne Underwood, Newsweek
life depends.
Surprising facts from Seasons of Life: Marketing Highlights
♦ The timing of human birth has a small but significant ♦ Major review attention
effect on various later life attributes, such as handedness ♦ Academic and library marketing
and the susceptibility to many illnesses, including multiple
sclerosis and schizophrenia.
♦ Plants have the ability to measure the length of a period of ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY RUSSELL G. FOSTER
light, and they germinate, flower, and successfully reproduce and LEON KREITZMAN:
by using this information. Rhythms of Life
♦ Birds migrate not in response to weather changes but by The Biological Clocks that Control the Daily Lives
of Every Living Thing
using an internal calendar. paper 978-0-300-10969-6
♦ Until recently, human birth was tightly coupled to the $19.00
seasons, peaking in many societies in the spring.
♦ Just as internal 24-hour circadian clocks predict daily change,
many animals have a circannual clock in their brains that
predicts the seasons.
R U S S E L L G . F O S T E R is Professor of Circadian Neuroscience

at the University of Oxford and a leading expert on the neuro-
science of biological time. He was recently elected as a Fellow of May Science
the Royal Society. L E O N K R E I T Z M A N is a science writer and 320 pp. 40 b/w illus. 6 x 9
broadcaster, a widely respected futurologist, and author of The 978-0-300-11556-7 $28.00
24 Hour Society. The authors live in Oxford and London. For sale in North America only
47
General Interest
ELEANOR OF AQUITAINE
Queen of France, Queen of England
Ralph V. Turner
Untangling the myths and legends of many

centuries, this biography gives us the real
Eleanor—tenacious, defiant, and powerful
E leanor of Aquitaine’s extraordinary life seems more

likely to be found in the pages of fiction. Proud
daughter of a distinguished French dynasty, she married
the king of France, Louis VII, then the king of England,
Henry II, and gave birth to two sons who rose to take the
English throne—Richard the Lionheart and John. “Eleanor’s remarkable career is done full
justice in this life, which is readable,
Renowned for her beauty, hungry for power, headstrong,
lively and convincing. It provides
and unconventional, Eleanor traveled on crusades, acted insights into many aspects of the
as regent for Henry II and later for Richard, incited rebel- twelfth century as well as a radically
lion, endured a fifteen-year imprisonment, and as an eld- new assessment of the queen herself.
Many myths are exploded, and a
erly widow still wielded political power with energy and thoroughly realistic picture of a politi-
enthusiasm. cally ambitious and independent-
minded woman emerges.”
This gripping biography is the definitive account of the —Michael Prestwich, University of Durham
most important queen of the Middle Ages. Ralph Turner, a

leading historian of the twelfth century, strips away the Marketing Highlights
myths that have accumulated around Eleanor—the “black ♦ Major review attention
legend” of her sexual appetite, for example—and chal- ♦ Academic and library marketing
lenges the accounts that relegate her to the shadows of the
kings she married and bore. Turner focuses on a wealth of
primary sources, including a collection of Eleanor’s own
documents not previously accessible to scholars, and por-
trays a woman who sought control of her own destiny in
the face of forceful resistance. A queen of unparalleled
appeal, Eleanor of Aquitaine retains her power to fascinate
even 800 years after her death.
R A L P H V. T U R N E R is emeritus professor of history, Florida

State University. He is the author of King John and The Reign of May Biography/History
Richard Lionheart, among many other publications on European 400 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
medieval history. He lives in Tallahassee. 978-0-300-11911-4 $35.00
48
General Interest
THE ATMOSPHERE OF
HEAVEN
The Unnatural Experiments of Dr. Beddoes
and his Sons of Genius
Mike Jay
The stranger-than-fiction story of the

Enlightenment visionaries who discovered the
unexpected effects of inhaling nitrous oxide
A t the Pneumatic Institution in Bristol, England,

founded in the closing years of the eighteenth
century, dramatic experiments with gases precipitated not
only a revolution in scientific medicine but also in the his-
tory of ideas. Guided by the energy of maverick doctor
Thomas Beddoes, the institution was both laboratory and Praise for The Air Loom Gang:
hospital—the first example of a modern medical research “The Air Loom Gang is a wonderful book
institution. But when its members discovered the mind- to read, . . . beautifully written, with
altering properties of nitrous oxide, or laughing gas, their all the drama, the rich characterization,
the subtlety, of a fine novel.”
experiments devolved into a pioneering exploration of
—Oliver Sacks
consciousness with far-reaching and unforeseen effects.
This riveting book is the first to tell the story of Dr. Beddoes Marketing Highlights
and the brilliant circle who surrounded him: Erasmus ♦ Major review attention
Darwin, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, and Robert Southey, ♦ Academic and library marketing
who supported his ideas; James Watt, who designed and
built his laboratory; Thomas Wedgwood, who funded it;
and the dazzling young chemistry assistant, Humphry
Davy, who identified nitrous oxide and tested it on him-
self, with spectacular results. Medical historian Mike Jay
charts the chaotic rise and fall of the institution in this fast-
paced account, and reveals its crucial influence—on mod-
ern drug culture, attitudes toward objective and subjective
knowledge, the development of anesthetic surgery, and
the birth of the Romantic movement.
M I K E J AY has written extensively on scientific and medical his-

tory and is a specialist in the study of drugs. His books include
the award-winning The Air Loom Gang: The Strange and True May History/Science
Story of James Tilly Matthews and His Visionary Madness. He 320 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
lives in London. 978-0-300-12439-2 $30.00
49
General Interest
THE SACCO-VANZETTI AFFAIR
America on Trial
Moshik Temkin
A fresh assessment of the infamous murder

case that exploded into an affair of international
concern
W hat began as the obscure local case of two

Italian immigrant anarchists accused of rob-
bery and murder flared into an unprecedented political
and legal scandal as the perception grew that their convic-
tion was a judicial travesty and their execution a political
murder. This book is the first to reveal the full national and
international scope of the Sacco-Vanzetti affair, uncovering “This exemplary international history
how and why the two men became the center of a global reveals for the first time the full scope
and multiple meanings of the Sacco-
cause célèbre that shook public opinion and transformed Vanzetti affair.”—Richard Fox, University
America’s relationship with the world. of Southern California
Drawing on extensive research on two continents, and Marketing Highlights

written with verve, this book connects the Sacco-Vanzetti
affair to the most polarizing political and social concerns of
its era. Moshik Temkin contends that the worldwide atten-
tion to the case was generated not only by the conviction
that innocent men had been condemned for their radical
politics and ethnic origins but also as part of a reaction to
U.S. global supremacy and isolationism after World War I.
The author further argues that the international protest,
which helped make Sacco and Vanzetti famous men, ulti-
mately provoked their executions. The book concludes by
investigating the affair’s enduring repercussions and what
they reveal about global political action, terrorism, jingo-
ism, xenophobia, and the politics of our own time.
M O S H I K T E M K I N is an assistant professor at Harvard

University’s Kennedy School of Government. Previously he taught
American and European history at the École des Hautes Études
May History
en Sciences Sociales in Paris and at Columbia University. He 352 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
lives in Paris and Cambridge, MA. 978-0-300-12484-2 $35.00
50
General Interest
THE CONSERVATIVES
Ideas and Personalities Throughout
American History
Patrick Allitt
An even-handed, comprehensive assessment

of conservative thought in America, from the
Constitutional Convention to the present
T his lively book traces the development of American

conservatism from Alexander Hamilton, John
Adams, and Daniel Webster, through Abraham Lincoln,
Teddy Roosevelt, and Herbert Hoover, to William F.
Buckley, Jr., Ronald Reagan, and William Kristol.
Conservatism has assumed a variety of forms, historian
Patrick Allitt argues, because it has been chiefly reactive,
“Allitt’s writing is lively, and he has a gift
responding to perceived threats and challenges at different
for summarizing the complicated ideas
moments in the nation’s history. he deals with in this welcome history.”
—Leo P. Ribuffo, George Washington University
While few Americans described themselves as conserva-
tives before the 1930s, certain groups, beginning with the Marketing Highlights
Federalists in the 1790s, can reasonably be thought of in
that way. The book discusses changing ideas about what
ought to be conserved, and why. Conservatives sometimes
favored but at other times opposed a strong central gov-
ernment, sometimes criticized free-market capitalism but
at other times supported it. Some denigrated democracy
while others championed it. Core elements, however, have
connected thinkers in a specifically American conservative
tradition, in particular a skepticism about human equality
and fears for the survival of civilization. Allitt brings the
story of that tradition to the end of the twentieth century,
examining how conservatives rose to dominance during
the Cold War. Throughout the book he offers original
insights into the connections between the development of
conservatism and the larger history of the nation.
PAT R I C K A L L I T T is Goodrich C. White Professor of History May History/Politics

and Director of the Center for Teaching and Curriculum at Emory 304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
University. He lives in Atlanta. 978-0-300-11894-0 $35.00
51
General Interest
SPAIN, EUROPE AND THE
WIDER WORLD, 1500–1800
J. H. Elliott
A vivid and extraordinarily wide-ranging col-

lection of writings by an eminent historian of
Spain and its empire
W hen J. H. Elliott published Spain and Its World,

1500–1700 some twenty years ago, one of
many enthusiasts declared, “For anyone interested in the
history of empire, of Europe and of Spain, here is a book
to keep within reach, to read, to study and to enjoy” (Times
“Elliott is indefatigable in research,
Literary Supplement). Since then Elliott has continued to comprehensive in his vision, magisteri-
explore the history of Spain and the Hispanic world with al in arraying material, and unerring in
originality and insight, producing some of the most influ- spotting the revealing or representative
evidence. In short, his scholarship is as
ential work in the field. In this new volume he gathers writ- close to flawless as one can find.”
ings that reflect his recent research and thinking on poli- —Felipe Fernandez-Armesto, Boston University
tics, art, culture, and ideas in Europe and the colonial
worlds between 1500 and 1800.
The volume includes fourteen essays, lectures, and articles ♦ Major review attention
of remarkable breadth and freshness, written with Elliott’s ♦ Academic and library marketing
characteristic brio. It includes an unpublished lecture in
honor of the late Hugh Trevor-Roper. Organized around ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY J. H. ELLIOTT:
three themes—early modern Europe, European overseas Empires of the Atlantic World
expansion, and the works and historical context of El paper 978-0-300-12399-9 $22.00
Greco, Velázquez, Rubens, and Van Dyck—the book offers

a rich survey of the themes at the heart of Elliott’s inter-
ests throughout a career distinguished by excellence and
innovation.
J . H . E L L I O T T is Regius Professor Emeritus of Modern History,

University of Oxford, and author of Spain and Its World, 1500–
1700, published by Yale University Press. He has been the
recipient of many honors, including the Wolfson Prize for History,
May History
the Prince of Asturias Prize for the Social Sciences, and the
352 pp. 27 b/w illus. 6 x 9
Balzan Prize for History. He lives in Oxford, United Kingdom. 978-0-300-14537-3 $38.00
52
General Interest
CONFUCIUS
A Life of Thought and Politics
Annping Chin
Now in paperback, a masterful account of the

political life and intellectual development of
the moral thinker who has remained a power-
ful force in China to the present day
F or more than two thousand years, Confucius has been

a fundamental part of China’s history. Yet despite this
fame, Confucius the man has been elusive, and what could
be called a definitive biography does not exist. In this
book, the scholar and writer Annping Chin has negotiated
“The teachings of Confucius have
the reconstructions, guesswork, and numerous Chinese survived through periods of political
texts in order to establish an absorbing and original upheaval and brutal suppression for
account of the thinker’s life and legacy. It shows how some 2500 years. Gleaned from her
years of study of fragments of ancient
Confucius lived and thought, along with his habits and texts, Dr. Chin has sketched a highly
inclinations, his relation to his contemporaries, his work as readable and thought provoking por-
a teacher and as a counselor, his worries about the world trait of the life and times of
Confucius.”—Henry A. Kissinger
and the generations to come.
In this book, Chin brings the historical Confucius within “Confucius even now remains the mind
of China, and always returns again,
reach so that he can lead us to his idea of the moral and whatever the regime. But he can be
to his teachings on family and politics, culture and learn- difficult for Westerners to apprehend,
ing. Confucius is the culmination of years of research, because our cultures and his are so
different. It is one of the strengths of
and an important contribution to biography and
Annping Chin’s Confucius that she
Chinese history. clears away most of the difficulties, and
allows us to approach an understanding
of the sage’s life, work, and sayings. Like
Socrates and Jesus, Confucius relied
upon the spoken word, with all its
nuances of enigmatic wisdom. Annping
Chin helps us to recover those nuances,
as no one else has.”—Harold Bloom
May Biography/History
A N N P I N G C H I N received her Ph.D. in Chinese Thought 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
from Columbia University. Formerly on the faculty at Wesleyan paper 978-0-300-15118-3 $14.95
University, she now teaches in the history department at Yale. Published in cloth as The Authentic Confucius
978-0-7432-4618-7
She is the author of four previous books.
53
General Interest–Paperback
GALLIPOLI
The End of the Myth
Robin Prior
A decisive account of the dramatic Gallipoli

campaign of World War I, with a devastating
assessment of its pointless losses
T he Gallipoli campaign of 1915–16 was an ill-fated

Allied attempt to shorten the war by eliminating
Turkey, creating a Balkan alliance against the Central
Powers, and securing a sea route to Russia. A failure in all
respects, the operation ended in disaster, and the Allied
forces suffered some 390,000 casualties. This conclusive “History of a very high order. . . . The
book assesses the many myths that have emerged about best account by far of the campaign in
Gallipoli and provides definitive answers to questions that 1915–16.”—Jay Winter, Yale University
have lingered about the operation.
Robin Prior, a renowned military historian, proceeds step
by step through the campaign, dealing with naval, military,
and political matters and surveying the operations of all
the armies involved: British, Anzac, French, Indian, and
♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY ROBIN PRIOR:
Turkish. Relying substantially on original documents,
The Somme
including neglected war diaries and technical military paper 978-0-300-11963-3 $20.00
sources, Prior evaluates the strategy, the commanders,
and the performance of soldiers on the ground. His con-
clusions are powerful and unsettling: the naval campaign
was not “almost” won, and the land action was not bedev-
iled by “minor misfortunes.” Instead, the badly conceived
Gallipoli campaign was doomed from the start. And even
had it been successful, the operation would not have
shortened the war by a single day. Despite their bravery,
the Allied troops who fell at Gallipoli died in vain.
R O B I N P R I O R is visiting professorial fellow, University of

Adelaide, and visiting fellow, University of New South Wales,
Australian Defence Force Academy. He is coauthor with Trevor May History/Military History
Wilson of Passchendale: The Untold Story and The Somme, both 304 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 x 9
published by Yale University Press. He lives in South Australia. 978-0-300-14995-1 $35.00
54
General Interest
CALVIN
Bruce Gordon
A revealing new portrait of John Calvin that

captures his human complexity and the
sixteenth-century world in which he fought
his personal and theological battles
D uring the glory days of the French Renaissance,

young John Calvin (1509–1564) experienced a pro-
found conversion to the faith of the Reformation. For the
rest of his days he lived out the implications of that trans-
formation—as exile, inspired reformer, and ultimately the
dominant figure of the Protestant Reformation. Calvin’s “A very stimulating book—extensive,
vision of the Christian religion has inspired many volumes detailed, in many respects brilliant.”
—Euan Cameron, Union Theological Seminary
of analysis, but this engaging biography examines a
remarkable life. Bruce Gordon presents Calvin as a human
being, a man at once brilliant, arrogant, charismatic, Marketing Highlights
unforgiving, generous, and shrewd. ♦ Major review attention
The book explores with particular insight Calvin’s self-con- ♦ Timed for Calvin 500th Jubilee
scious view of himself as prophet and apostle for his age promotions
and his struggle to tame a sense of his own superiority,
perceived by others as arrogance. Gordon looks at Calvin’s
character, his maturing vision of God and humanity, his
personal tragedies and failures, his extensive relationships
with others, and the context within which he wrote and
taught. What emerges is a man who devoted himself to
the Church, inspiring and transforming the lives of others,
especially those who suffered persecution for their reli-
gious beliefs.
B R U C E G O R D O N is professor of Reformation history, Yale

June Biography
Divinity School. He is author and editor of a number of books, 400 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
including The Swiss Reformation. He lives in New Haven, CT. 978-0-300-12076-9 $35.00
55
General Interest
THE MAGNIFICENT
MRS. TENNANT
David Waller
The discovery of a cache of thousands of let-

ters and dozens of diaries brings to light the
untold story of Mrs. Tennant and her glittering
social world
G ertrude Tennant’s life was remarkable for its length

(1819–1918), but even more so for the influence
she achieved as an unsurpassed London hostess. The
salon she established when widowed in her early fifties
attracted legions of celebrities, among them William
Gladstone and Benjamin Disraeli, Oscar Wilde, Mark
“Gertrude Tennant was not a celebrity in
Twain, Thomas Huxley, John Everett Millais, Henry James, her own right, but her life story and
and Robert Browning. In her youth she had a fling with experiences open up a panorama of
Gustave Flaubert, and in her later years she became the social and cultural history. David
Waller’s account is an engaging and
redoubtable mother-in-law to the explorer Henry Morton
enjoyable read.”—Norma Clarke, author of
Stanley. But as a woman in a male-dominated world, Mrs. Dr. Johnson’s Women and The Rise and Fall of the
Tennant has been remembered mainly as a footnote in Woman of Letters
the lives of eminent men.

This book recovers the lost life of Gertrude Tennant, draw-
ing on a treasure trove of recently discovered family ♦ Major review attention
papers—thousands of letters, including two dozen original ♦ Academic and library marketing
letters from Flaubert to Tennant; dozens of diaries; and
many other unpublished documents relating to Stanley
and other famous figures of the nineteenth and early
twentieth centuries. David Waller presents Gertrude
Tennant’s life in colorful detail, placing her not only at the
heart of a multigenerational, matriarchal family epic but
also at the center of European social, literary, and intellec-
tual life for the best part of a century.
D AV I D WA L L E R , an author and management consultant, has

written two previous books and holds a postgraduate degree in
July Biography/History
Victorian studies from Birkbeck College, University of London. He
336 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 x 9
lives in London. 978-0-300-13935-8 $35.00
56
General Interest
KNUT HAMSUN
Dreamer and Dissenter
Ingar Sletten Kolloen
Translated by Erik Skuggevik and Deborah Dawkin
An absorbing biography of Nobel Prize–winning

novelist Knut Hamsun, based on a wealth of
previously unavailable sources
N orwegian writer Knut Hamsun (1859–1952), win-

ner of the Nobel Prize for Literature in 1920, was a
man both brilliant and controversial. Lauded for his liter-
ary achievements by Hemingway, Gide, Hesse, and others,
he also provoked outrage for his open collaboration with
the Fascists during the German occupation of Norway and “An authoritative study of Norway’s
most gifted novelist. It should help to
for his insistent refusal to renounce his Nazi sympathies. make the English-speaking world belat-
edly more aware of the achievements
This gripping biography of Hamsun, now available for the and fate of this extraordinary man.”
first time in English, offers a nuanced account of this —Janet Garton, University of East Anglia
morally ambiguous man. Drawing on Hamsun’s extraor-

dinary private archives and on his psychoanalyst’s notes, Marketing Highlights
Ingar Sletten Kolloen delves deeply into Hamsun’s per- ♦ Major review attention
sonal life and character. In vivid and telling detail, he ♦ Academic and library marketing
describes Hamsun’s early years in a peasant farming fam-
ily, his tempestuous and jealousy-racked second marriage,
his erratic relationship with his children, and his infamous
love affair with Nazi Germany, the roots of which Kolloen
traces to Hamsun’s earliest days. Much like the characters
he created in novels such as Hunger, Growth of the Soil,
Mysteries, and Pan, Hamsun was irrational, eccentric,
strange, and compelling—a man uncomfortable in his
own time.
I N G A R S L E T T E N K O L L O E N won the Norwegian

Readers’ Award 2004 for this biography. He has worked as July Biography/History
publisher, journalist, commentator, and editor for a number of 352 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
newspapers. He lives in Norway. 978-0-300-12356-2 $40.00
57
General Interest
Previously announced
SMALL WONDER
The Little Red Schoolhouse in History and
Memory
Jonathan Zimmerman
Today a beloved national icon, the one-room

schoolhouse has played a variety of roles in
America’s popular memory
T he little red schoolhouse has all but disappeared in

the United States, but its importance in national
memory remains unshakable. This engaging book exam-
ines the history of the one-room school and how succes-
“This beautifully written book makes a
sive generations of Americans have remembered—and unique and original contribution not
just as often forgotten—this powerful national icon. only to the history of American
education, specifically, but to American
Drawing on a rich range of sources, from firsthand social history, writ large.”
—Jeffrey Mirel, University of Michigan
accounts to poems, songs, and films, Jonathan Zimmer-
man traces the evolution of attitudes toward the little red
schoolhouse from the late nineteenth century to the pres- Marketing Highlights
ent day. At times it was celebrated as a symbol of lost rural ♦ Major review attention
virtues or America’s democratic heritage; at others it was ♦ Academic and library marketing
denounced as the epitome of inefficiency and substandard ♦ Back to school promotion
academics. And because the one-room school has been a
useful emblem for liberal, conservative, and other agendas,
the truth of its history has sometimes been stretched. Yet
the idyllic image of the schoolhouse still unites Americans. America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
For more than a century, it has embodied the nation’s best immense story of this country through key texts, images,
moments, individuals, and events in American history, the
aspirations and—especially—its continuing faith in educa- seemingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped
tion itself. our daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national
history and imagination.
J O N AT H A N Z I M M E R M A N is professor of education and

history, New York University. His previous books include Innocents
Abroad: American Teachers in the American Century and Whose July History/Education
America? Culture Wars in the Public Schools. He lives in 256 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Narberth, PA. 978-0-300-12326-5 $26.00
58
General Interest
Scholarly Books
of Interest
to the General Trade
59
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade
BIRDS OF PAKISTAN
Richard Grimmett, Tom Roberts, and Tim Inskipp
T his is the first field guide devoted entirely to the birds of Pakistan.
Compact yet comprehensive, it is the perfect companion for birders
and ornithologists who need a portable tool to assist them in the accurate
identification of birds in the field. For easy reference, the descriptive text
and map on each bird species appears on the page facing that bird’s illus-
tration. Superb color plates depict hundreds of birds found in Pakistan,
and the text offers identification, voice, habitat, range, distribution, and
status information for each. The guide also provides summaries of the
key characteristics of each bird family, advice on good birdwatching
areas, and much more.
R I C H A R D G R I M M E T T is a senior conservation manager at BirdLife

International in Cambridge, England, and the author of several field
guides to birds of Asia. T O M R O B E R T S lived in Pakistan for many
years and is the author of bird and mammal handbooks to Pakistan. February Nature
T I M I N S K I P P is the author of several field guides, including the 288 pp. 93 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
groundbreaking Birds of Nepal. paper 978-0-300-15249-4 $40.00sc
“LIBERTY TO THE DOWNTRODDEN”

Thomas L. Kane, Romantic Reformer
Matthew J. Grow
T homas L. Kane (1822–1883), a crusader for antislavery, women’s

rights, and the downtrodden, rose to prominence in his day as the
most ardent and persuasive defender of Mormons’ religious liberty.
“This is an important book not
simply from the perspective of
Mormon history but also because
Though not a Mormon, Kane sought to defend the much-reviled group it opens to view the extraordinary
from the “Holy War” waged against them by evangelical America. His length and breadth of reform in
courageous personal intervention averted a potentially catastrophic 19th-century America.”
—Jan Shipps, Indiana University–Purdue
bloody conflict between federal troops and Mormon settlers in the now
University Indianapolis
nearly forgotten Utah War of 1857–58.
Drawing on extensive, newly available archives, this book is the first to

tell the full story of Kane’s extraordinary life. The book illuminates his
powerful Philadelphia family, his personal life and eccentricities, his
reform achievements, his place in Mormon history, and his career as a
Civil War general. Further, the book revises previous understandings of
nineteenth-century reform, showing how Kane and likeminded others
fused Democratic Party ideology, anti-evangelicalism, and romanticism.
February Biography/History
M AT T H E W J . G R O W is assistant professor of history and director 368 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
of the Center for Communal Studies, University of Southern Indiana. 978-0-300-13610-4 $40.00sc
60
KANDER AND EBB
James Leve
C omposer John Kander and lyricist Fred Ebb collaborated for more
than forty years, longer than any such partnership in Broadway his-
tory. Together they wrote over twenty musicals. Their two most success-
“The first important study of Kander
and Ebb. A very useful book,
thoughtfully presenting material not
ful works, Cabaret and Chicago, had critically acclaimed Broadway otherwise readily available.”
revivals and were made into Oscar-winning films. —Raymond Knapp, UCLA
This book, the first study of Kander and Ebb, examines their artistic
♦ Yale Broadway Masters Series
accomplishments as individuals and as a team. Drawing on personal
papers and on numerous interviews, James Leve analyzes the unique
nature of this collaboration. Leve discusses their contribution to the con-
cept musical; he examines some of their most popular works including
Cabaret, Chicago, and Kiss of the Spider Woman; and he reassesses their
“flops” as well as their incomplete and abandoned projects. Filled with
fascinating information, the book is a resource for students of musical
theater and lovers of Kander and Ebb’s songs and shows.
March Music
J A M E S L E V E is associate professor of musicology and coordinator of 368 pp. 7 b/w illus. + 45 musical examples
music history, Northern Arizona University. He has a forthcoming text- 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
book on musical theater. He lives in Flagstaff, AZ. 978-0-300-11487-4 $40.00sc
BLOOD AND MISTLETOE

The History of the Druids in Britain
Ronald Hutton
C rushed by the Romans in the first century A.D., the ancient Druids
of Britain left almost no reliable evidence behind. Because of this,
historian Ronald Hutton shows, succeeding British generations have
been free to reimagine, reinterpret, and reinvent the Druids. Hutton’s
captivating book is the first to encompass two thousand years of Druid
history and to explore the evolution of English, Scottish, and Welsh atti-
tudes toward the forever ambiguous figures of the ancient Celtic world.
Druids have been remembered at different times as patriots, scientists,

philosophers, or priests; sometimes portrayed as corrupt, bloodthirsty,
or ignorant, they were also seen as fomenters of rebellion. Hutton charts “Everything that is known about the
how the Druids have been written in and out of history, archaeology, and druids plus everything that is known
the public consciousness for some 500 years, with particular focus on about knowing about them! Ronald
Hutton uses the quest for the druids as
the romantic period, when Druids completely dominated notions of
a mirror of how Europeans have seen
British prehistory. Sparkling with legends and images, filled with new
themselves through the last thousand
perspectives on ancient and modern times, this book is a fascinating cul- years. It’s an enormous undertaking
tural study of Druids as catalysts in British history. performed with even-handedness and
a sense of joy in history.”—Terry Jones
R O N A L D H U T T O N is professor of history, University of Bristol, and
the author of many books including, most recently, The Druids; Debates March History
in Stuart History; and Witches, Druids, and King Arthur: Studies in 450 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 x 9
Paganism, Myth, and Magic. He lives in Bristol, UK. 978-0-300-14485-7 $45.00sc
61
OWLS OF THE WORLD, Second Edition
Claus König and Friedhelm Weick
A ctive only at twilight or in the dark of night, most species of owl

are seldom seen. Even the most zealous birders rarely encounter
owls, and attempts to identify them are complicated by the number of
All the facts on:
♦ Identification features, including how
to distinguish similar species
species that are almost indistinguishable by plumage alone. This com-
♦ Habitat
prehensive guide penetrates the mysterious world of owls with full color
♦ Geographical variation
illustrations, detailed species descriptions, useful information on vocal-
♦ Food, breeding, and habits
izations, and much more.
♦ Species status and conservation
An important reference book as well as identification guide, Owls of the efforts
World encompasses the 250 known species and many subspecies of owl, ♦ The latest owl taxonomy, based on
including twelve new species that have been discovered over the last DNA analysis and vocalizations
decade. The book features full-color plates depicting every species and
distinct subspecies, color morphs, and juvenile plumages. Current distri-
bution maps are also provided. ♦ Published in association with
Christopher Helm/A&C Black
Every ornithologist, birder, and wildlife enthusiast will want to own this Publishers Ltd.
essential guide—the most comprehensive and advanced book ever pub-
lished on owls.
C L A U S K Ö N I G is a world authority on owls and has been involved

in owl research in Europe, Africa, and South America for forty-five years.
He is emeritus professor of zoology at Stuttgart University and was direc- April Nature
tor of Stuttgart’s Museum of Natural History. F R I E D H E L M W E I C K is 512 pp. 68 color plates 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14227-3 $75.00sc
a professional bird artist specializing in owls and other birds of prey. He Not for sale in the British Commonwealth
has illustrated more than 100 books. (excluding Canada) and the European Union
THE MARVELOUS HAIRY GIRLS

The Gonzales Sisters and Their Worlds
Merry E. Wiesner-Hanks
T his book tells the extraordinary story of three sixteenth-century sis-

ters who, along with their father and brothers, were afflicted with
an extremely rare genetic condition that made them unusually hairy.
Amazingly, the Gonzales sisters were not mocked or shunned, but were
welcomed in the courts of Europe, spending much of their lives among
nobles, musicians, and artists. Their double identity as humans and
beasts made them intriguing, and the girls and their father were the sub-
jects not only of medical investigations but also of a considerable num-
ber of portraits, some of which still hang in European castles today.
Using the Gonzales family as a lens, historian Merry Wiesner-Hanks

examines their varied and wondrous times. The story of this family con-
nects with every important change of their era—political and religious
violence, colonial conquest, new forms of scholarship and science—and
also provides insights into the complex relationships between beastli- “A stimulating and innovative book.”
ness, monstrosity, and gender in early modern life. —Charles Zilka, author of The Appearance
of Witchcraft
M E R R Y E . W I E S N E R - H A N K S is Distinguished Professor of History,

University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee. Her many books include
Christianity and Sexuality in the Early Modern World and the prizewin- April History
ning Women and Gender in Early Modern Europe, now in its third edi- 256 pp. 40 b/w illus 5 1/2 x 8 1/2
tion. She lives in Mequon, WI. 978-0-300-12733-1 $30.00sc
62
SELLING THE TUDOR MONARCHY
Authority and Image in Sixteenth-Century England
Kevin Sharpe
T he management of image in the service of power is a familiar tool

of twenty-first-century politics. Yet as long ago as the sixteenth cen-
tury, British monarchs deployed what we might now describe as “spin.”
In this book a leading historian reveals how Tudor kings and queens
sought to enhance their authority by presenting themselves to best advan-
tage. Kevin Sharpe offers the first full analysis of the verbal and visual rep-
resentations of Tudor power, embracing disciplines as diverse as art his-
tory, literary studies, and the history of consumption and material culture.
The author finds that those rulers who maintained the delicate balance
between mystification and popularization in the art of royal representa-
tion—notably Henry VIII and Elizabeth I—enjoyed the longest reigns and
often the widest support. But by the end of the sixteenth century, the per-
“A landmark project, of abiding
ception of royalty shifted, becoming less sacred and more familiar and
interest to both scholars and more
leaving Stuart successors to the crown to deal with a difficult legacy.
general readers. . . . A very major
piece of scholarship.”
—Peter Lake, Princeton University
K E V I N S H A R P E is professor of Renaissance studies and director of

the Centre for Renaissance and Early Modern Studies, Queen Mary, April History
University of London. He is author of The Personal Rule of Charles I and 512 pp. 66 illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Reading Revolutions, both published by Yale University Press. 978-0-300-14098-9 $45.00sc
BANNOCKBURN
The Triumph of Robert the Bruce
David Cornell
F ew battles resonate through British history as strongly as

Bannockburn. On June 24, 1314, the Scots under the leadership of
Robert the Bruce unexpectedly trounced the English, leaving thousands
dead or wounded. The victory was one of Scotland’s greatest, the more
so because the Scottish army was outnumbered by about three to one.
The loss for the English, fighting under Edward II, was staggering.
In this groundbreaking account of Bannockburn, David Cornell sets the

iconic battle in political and military context and focuses new attention
on the roles of Robert and Edward in the events leading to the buildup
of their armies. The author brings the two-day battle to life and reassess-
es both the crucial mêlée fought on the second day and the casualties
suffered by the English. Filled with colorful detail and fresh insights, the
book throws new light on the battle itself, the character of the English “This is an intriguing book, present-
defeat, the effect of that defeat on the course of the Anglo-Scottish wars, ing a full and convincing account of
and the powerful impact of the battle’s legacy on English and Scottish Bannockburn. . . . Dramatic, solid,
national identity. and thoroughly readable.”
—Michael Prestwich, author of Armies and
Warfare in the Middle Ages
D AV I D C O R N E L L spent several years researching the Anglo-Scottish April History

wars while completing his Ph.D. at Durham University. This is his first 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 x 9
book. He lives in Leicester, UK. 978-0-300-14568-7 $45.00sc
63
Yale University Press is pleased to announce that John J. Collins, Holmes Professor of Old Testament Criticism and
Interpretation, Yale Divinity School, has been appointed General Editor of the Anchor Yale Bible Series.
PROVERBS 10–31
A New Translation with Introduction and Commentary
by Michael V. Fox
T his volume completes Bible scholar Michael V. Fox’s comprehensive

commentary on the book of Proverbs. As in his previous volume on
the early chapters of Proverbs, the author here translates and explains in
♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries
♦ The Old Testament
accessible language the meaning and literary qualities of the sayings and
poems that comprise the final chapters. He gives special attention to
comparable sayings in other wisdom books, particularly from Egypt, and
makes extensive use of medieval Hebrew commentaries, which have
received scant attention in previous Proverb commentaries. In separate
sections set in smaller type, the author addresses technical issues of text
and language for interested scholars.
The author’s essays at the end of the commentary view the book of
Proverbs in its entirety and investigate its ideas of wisdom, ethics, reve-
lation, and knowledge. Out of Proverbs’ great variety of sayings from dif-
ferent times, Fox shows, there emerges a unified vision of life, its obliga-
tions, and its potentials.
M I C H A E L V. F O X is Halls-Bascom Professor of Hebrew, University April Religion

of Wisconsin, Madison. His previous books include Proverbs 1–9, avail- 704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
able from Yale University Press. He lives in Madison. 978-0-300-14209-9 $55.00sc
MARK 8–16
Joel Marcus
I n the final nine chapters of the Gospel of Mark, Jesus increasingly strug-
gles with his disciples’ incomprehension of his unique concept of suf-
fering messiahship and with the opposition of the religious leaders of his
♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Commentaries
♦ The New Testament
day. The Gospel recounts the events that led to Jesus’ arrest, trial, and cru-
cifixion by the Roman authorities, concluding with an enigmatic ending
in which Jesus’ resurrection is announced but not displayed.
In this volume New Testament scholar Joel Marcus offers a new transla-
tion of Mark 8–16 as well as extensive commentary and notes. He situ-
ates the narrative within the context of first-century Palestine and the
larger Greco-Roman world; within the political context of the Jewish revolt
against the Romans (66–73 C.E.); and within the religious context of the
early church’s sometimes rancorous engagement with Judaism, pagan
religion, and its own internal problems. For religious scholars, pastors,
and interested lay people alike, the book provides an accessible and
enlightening window on the second of the canonical Gospels.
J O E L M A R C U S is professor of New Testament and Christian Origins,

Duke Divinity School, and the author of Mark 1–8, available from Yale April Religion
University Press. He lives in Durham, NC. 656 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14116-0 $55.00sc
64
A MARGINAL JEW:
RETHINKING THE HISTORICAL JESUS
Volume 4: Law and Love
John P. Meier
J ohn Meier’s previous volumes in the acclaimed series A Marginal Jew

are founded upon the notion that while solid historical information
about Jesus is quite limited, people of different faiths can nevertheless
“John Meier is the most distinguished
Roman Catholic biographer of
Jesus.”—Harold Bloom
arrive at a consensus on fundamental historical facts of his life. In this
♦ Previous volumes in this series:
eagerly anticipated fourth volume in the series, Meier approaches a
fresh topic—the teachings of the historical Jesus concerning Mosaic Law A Marginal Jew
Vol. 1: The Roots of the Problem and the Person
and morality—with the same rigor, thoroughness, accuracy, and insight- ISBN 978- 0-300-14018-7 $55.00sc
fulness on display in his earlier works. On the birth, early years of development, and
cultural background of Jesus
This volume addresses the teachings of Jesus on major legal topics like
Vol. 2: Mentor, Message, and Miracles
divorce, oaths, the Sabbath, purity rules, and the various love com- ISBN 978-0-300-14033-0 $55.00sc
mandments in the Gospels. What emerges from Meier’s research is a On John the Baptist’s effect on Jesus, Jesus’ concept
of the “kingdom of God,” and the Gospel accounts
profile of a complicated first-century Palestinian Jew who, far from seek-
of Jesus’ miracles
ing to abolish the Law, was deeply engaged in debates about its obser-
vance. Only by embracing this portrait of the historical Jesus grappling Vol. 3: Companions and Competitors
ISBN 978-0-300-14032-3 $75.00sc
with questions of the Torah do we avoid the common mistake of con-
On the relations between Jesus and those around
structing Christian moral theology under the guise of studying “Jesus him—his companions and his competitors
and the Law,” the author concludes.
♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library
J O H N P. M E I E R is William K. Warren Chair Professor of Theology

May Religion
(New Testament), Theology Department, University of Notre Dame. He 720 pp. 2 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
lives in South Bend, IN. 978-0-300-14096-5 $55.00sc
KINSHIP BY COVENANT
A Canonical Approach to the Fulfillment of God’s
Saving Promises
Scott Hahn
I n this deeply researched and thoughtful book, Scott Hahn shows how
divine covenant, as an overarching theme, makes possible a coherent
reading of the diverse traditions found within the canonical scriptures.
“Both well-written and exhaustive,
this impressive work will fascinate
readers with New Testament truths
about God’s unyielding covenant
Biblical covenants, though varied in form and content, all serve the pur- with his chosen, fallible people.”
pose of extending sacred bonds of kinship, Hahn explains. Specifically, —David Noel Freedman
divine covenants form and shape a father-son bond between God and
“Scott Hahn’s central idea of covenant
the chosen people. Biblical narratives turn on that fact, and biblical the-
and ‘kinship’ (family) proves to be a
ology depends upon it. With meticulous attention to detail, the author
Rosetta Stone for Scriptural hiero-
demonstrates how divine sonship represents a covenant relationship glyphics, and a disarmingly simple
with God that has been consistent throughout salvation history. A canon- one at that. Once you have glanced
ical reading of this divine plan reveals an illuminating pattern of promise through this ‘lens,’ you will never see
and fulfillment in both the Old and New Testaments. God’s saving mer- the big picture of salvation history in
cies are based upon his sworn commitments, which he keeps even when the same way again.”—Peter Kreeft,
his people break the covenant. Boston College
♦ The Anchor Yale Bible Reference Library

S C O T T H A H N is Pope Benedict XVI Chair of Biblical Theology, St.
Vincent Seminary, and professor of scripture and theology, Franciscan
University of Steubenville. He is also founder and president of the St. Paul May Religion
Center for Biblical Theology. Among his many best-selling books is The 704 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Lamb’s Supper: The Mass as Heaven on Earth. He lives in Steubenville, OH. 978-0-300-14097-2 $50.00sc
65
SOFT DESPOTISM, DEMOCRACY’S DRIFT
Montesquieu, Rousseau, Tocqueville, and the Modern
Prospect
Paul A. Rahe
I n 1989, the Cold War abruptly ended, and it seemed as if the world was
at last safe for democracy. But a spirit of uneasiness, discontent, and
world-weariness soon arose and has persisted in Europe, in America, and
elsewhere for two decades. To discern the meaning of this malaise we
must investigate the nature of liberal democracy, says the author of this
provocative book, and he undertakes to do so through a detailed investi-
gation of the thinking of Montesquieu, Rousseau, and Tocqueville.
Paul A. Rahe argues that these political thinkers anticipated the modern
liberal republic’s propensity to drift in the direction of “soft despotism”—
a condition that arises within a democracy when paternalistic state power
expands and gradually undermines the spirit of self-government. Such an
eventuality, feared by Tocqueville in the nineteenth century, has now
become a reality throughout the European Union, Canada, Australia, New
Zealand, and the United States. So Rahe asserts, and he explains what
must be done to reverse this unfortunate trend.
PA U L A . R A H E is professor of history and political science at Hillsdale

College, and author of Republics Ancient and Modern: Classical April History/Political Thought
Republicanism and the American Revolution and Against Throne and 384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Altar: Machiavelli and Political Theory under the English Republic. 978–0-300–14492–5 $38.00sc
FLORENCE 1900
The Search for Arcadia
Bernd Roeck
Translated by Stewart Spencer
B y the end of the nineteenth century, Florence was a key destination

for cultured travelers from Europe and America. Writers such as
Wilde, Rilke, and Mann; painters such as Degas and Klee; and not least,
the young art historian Aby Warburg and his wife, Mary, flocked to
Florence to escape the encroachments of modern life at home and to
revel in the city’s rich artistic and cultural past.
This beguiling book fuses narrative and ideas to consider how the
encounter between modernism and Renaissance culture was experi-
enced by both visitors to Florence and its inhabitants. Based on Aby
Warburg’s letters, diaries, and notebooks; on Italian and German
archives; and on conversations with E. H. Gombrich (director of the “Never has the fascination that
famous Institute that Warburg founded), the book is an intimate guide Florence held for artists and intel-
to life in Florence and the theaters, restaurants, galleries, and salons fre- lectuals been so thoroughly por-
quented by visiting cultural exiles. At the same time, the book paints an trayed as here by Bernd Roeck.”
—Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung
evocative picture of a city at the cusp of the modern age, adjusting to
electricity and the motor car on one hand and to social unrest and a
clash of cultures on the other.
B E R N D R O E C K is professor of history at the University of Zurich. He April History

lives in Zurich. S T E WA R T S P E N C E R is an acclaimed translator. He 336 pp. 12 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
lives in London. 978-0-300-09515-9 $35.00sc
66
THE FEDERALIST PAPERS
Alexander Hamilton, James Madison, and John Jay
Edited and with an Introduction by Ian Shapiro
T his authoritative edition of the complete texts of the Federalist

Papers, the Articles of Confederation, the U.S. Constitution, and the
Amendments to the U.S. Constitution features supporting essays in
♦ Rethinking the Western Tradition
which leading scholars provide historical context and analysis.
An introduction by Ian Shapiro offers an overview of the publication of

the Federalist Papers and their importance. In three additional essays,
John Dunn explores the composition of the Federalist Papers and the
conflicting agendas of its authors; Eileen Hunt Botting explains how early
advocates of women’s rights, most prominently Mercy Otis Warren,
Judith Sargent Murray, and Charles Brockden Brown, responded to the
Federalist-Antifederalist debates; and Donald Horowitz discusses the
Federalist Papers from the perspective of recent experiments with
democracy and constitution-making around the world. These essays both
illuminate the original texts and encourage active engagement with
them.
I A N S H A P I R O is Sterling Professor of Political Science at Yale

University and Henry R. Luce Director of the MacMillan Center for
International and Area Studies. His many books include Democratic April History/Political Thought
Justice and The Moral Foundations of Politics, both published by Yale 592 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
University Press. He lives in Guilford, CT. paper 978-0-300-11890-2 $20.00sc
SAN MARTÍN
Argentinian Soldier, American Hero
John Lynch
J osé de San Martín (1778–1850) was an enigmatic figure—a revolution-

ary and a conservative, a professional soldier and an intellectual, a tac-
iturn man who nevertheless was able to inspire the peoples of South
America to follow his armies and accept his battle strategies. One of the
great leaders in the wars for independence, he was a pivotal force in the
liberation of Chile and Peru from Spanish rule.
In the first full English-language biography of San Martín in more than

half a century, John Lynch shines new light on San Martín and on the
story of Spanish America’s revolutionary wars. Lynch offers a series of
dramatic set pieces: the Peninsular War, in which San Martín fought the
French and learned his military skills; the crossing of the Andes, when his
army battled the forces of nature as well as enemy fire; the confrontation
with imperial Spain in Peru; and the standoff with Bolívar which led to
San Martín’s resignation and exile in Europe. Based on the latest docu-
mentation, San Martín enhances our understanding of the modern his-
tory of Latin America and one of its most brilliant leaders.
J O H N LY N C H is emeritus professor of Latin American history at the

May Biography
University of London and former director of the Institute of Latin American 320 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Studies. He lives in London. 978-0-300-12643-3 $35.00sc
67
BETWEEN FIRE AND SLEEP
Essays on Modern Polish Poetry and Prose
Jaroslaw Anders
T wentieth-century Polish literature is often said to be a “witness to

history,” a narrative of the historical and political disasters that vis-
ited the nation. In this insightful book, Jaroslaw Anders examines
“Anders’ approach as essayist and
guide is highly personal, engaging,
and authoritative.”
Poland’s modern poetry and fiction and explains that the best Polish —Daniel Gerould, CUNY
writing of the period 1918–1989 was much more than testimony.
Rather, it constantly transformed historical experience into metaphysi-
cal reflection, a philosophical or religious exploration of human exis-
tence.
Anders analyzes and contextualizes the work of nine modern Polish

writers. These include the “three madmen” of the interwar period—
Schulz, Gombrowicz, and Witkiewicz, whom he calls the fathers of
Polish modernist prose; the great poets of the war generation—Milosz,
Herbert, and Szymborska; Herling-Grudzinski and Konwicki, with their
dark philosophical subtexts; and the mystical-ecstatic poet Zagajewski.
A collection of essays representing Anders’s thinking over several
decades, Between Fire and Sleep offers a fresh understanding of modern
Polish literature and cultural identity.
J A R O S L AW A N D E R S has served as editor, writer, broadcaster,

and producer for Voice of America since 1984. He has translated sev- May Literary Studies/Poetry Studies
eral books from English into Polish and from Polish into English. He 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
978-0-300-11167-5 $35.00sc
lives in Washington, D.C.
THE AMERICAN PLAY

1787–2000
Marc Robinson
I n this brilliant study, Marc Robinson explores more than two hundred
years of plays, styles, and stagings of American theater. Mapping the
changing cultural landscape from the late eighteenth century to the start
“Rarely has such a good writer on
drama undertaken such a project,
and even more rarely executed it
of the twenty-first, he explores how theater has—and has not—changed with such panache.”
and offers close readings of plays by O’Neill, Stein, Wilder, Miller, and —Don B. Wilmeth, Editor,
Cambridge Guide to American Theatre
Albee, as well as by important but perhaps lesser known dramatists such
as Wallace Stevens, Jean Toomer, Djuna Barnes, and many others.
Robinson reads each work in an ambitiously interdisciplinary context,
linking advances in theater to developments in American literature,
dance, and visual art.
The author is particularly attentive to the continuities in American drama,

and expertly teases out recurring themes, such as the significance of visu-
ality. He avoids neatly categorizing nineteenth- and twentieth-century
plays and depicts a theater more restive and mercurial than has been rec-
ognized before. Robinson proves both a fascinating and thought-provok-
ing critic and a spirited guide to the history of American drama.
M A R C R O B I N S O N is professor of theater studies, English, and

American studies at Yale University and adjunct professor of dramaturgy
and dramatic criticism at the Yale School of Drama. He is the author of May Literary Studies/American Studies
The Other American Drama and a frequent contributor to theater jour- 416 pp. 20 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
nals. He lives in Guilford, CT. 978-0-300-11649-6 $45.00sc
68
THE YALE BIOGRAPHICAL
DICTIONARY OF
AMERICAN LAW
Roger K. Newman
More than 700 concise biographies of leading

figures in the history of American law, from
the colonial era to the present day
T his book is the first to gather in a single volume con-

cise biographies of the most eminent men and
women in the history of American law. Encompassing a
wide range of individuals who have devised, replenished,
expounded, and explained law, The Yale Biographical
Dictionary of American Law presents succinct and lively
♦ Biographies included in
entries devoted to more than 700 subjects selected for
their significant and lasting influence on American law. The Yale Biographical Dictionary of
American Law:
Casting a wide net, editor Roger K. Newman includes indi-
viduals from around the country, from colonial times to John Ashcroft
the present, encompassing the spectrum of ideologies Robert H. Bork
from left-wing to right, and including a diversity of racial, Bill Clinton
ethnic, and religious groups. Entries are devoted to the liv- Ruth Bader Ginsburg
ing and dead, the famous and infamous, many who Patrick Henry
upheld the law and some who broke it. Supreme Court jus- J. Edgar Hoover
tices, private practice lawyers, presidents, professors, jour- James Madison
nalists, philosophers, novelists, prosecutors, and others— Thurgood Marshall
the individuals in the volume are as diverse as the nation Sandra Day O’Connor
itself. Janet Reno
Franklin D. Roosevelt
Entries written by more than 600 expert contributors Julius and Ethel Rosenberg
outline basic biographical facts on their subjects, offer John T. Scopes
well-chosen anecdotes and incidents to reveal accom- O. J. Simpson
plishments, and include brief bibliographies. Readers will Alexis de Tocqueville
turn to this dictionary as an authoritative and useful Scott Turow
resource, but they will also discover a volume that And more than 700 others
delights and entertains.
R O G E R K . N E W M A N teaches at the Columbia University

School of Journalism and has devoted nearly 40 years to study-
ing and writing about the Supreme Court and American law. He
is author of Hugo Black: A Biography, which won the Scribes
book award and was a finalist for the Pulitzer prize, and editor- May Law
in-chief of The Constitution and Its Amendments (4 volumes). He 640 pp. 121 b/w photos 7 x 10
lives in the Bronx, New York. 978-0-300-11300-6 $75.00sc
69
SQUEEZED
What You Don’t Know About Orange Juice
Alissa Hamilton
In the tradition of Fast Food Nation, this book

will make you want to stop and think before
you ever drink another glass of orange juice
C lose to three quarters of U.S. households buy

orange juice. Its popularity crosses class, cultural,
racial, and regional divides. Why do so many of us drink
orange juice? How did it turn from a luxury into a staple in
just a few years? More important, how is it that we don’t
know the real reasons behind OJ’s popularity or under-
stand the processes by which the juice is produced?
In this enlightening book, Alissa Hamilton explores the

hidden history of orange juice. She looks at the early forces
that propelled orange juice to prominence, including a sur-
plus of oranges that plagued Florida during most of the
twentieth century and the army’s need to provide vitamin
C to troops overseas during World War II. She tells the sto-
ries of the FDA’s decision in the early 1960s to standardize
orange juice, and of the juice equivalent of the cola wars
that followed between Coca-Cola (which owns Minute
Maid) and Pepsi (which owns Tropicana). Of particular
interest to OJ drinkers will be the revelation that most
orange juice comes from Brazil, not Florida, and that even
“not from concentrate” orange juice is heated, stripped of
flavor, stored for up to a year, and then reflavored before it
is packaged and sold. The book concludes with a thought-
provoking discussion of why consumers have the right to
know how their food is produced.
May Economics/Food Culture & Studies

A L I S S A H A M I LT O N is a Woodcock Foundation Food and 288 pp. 12 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Society Policy Fellow. She lives in Toronto. 978-0-300-12471-2 $30.00sc
70
THE EMPIRE’S NEW CLOTHES
A History of the Russian Fashion Industry, 1700–1917
Christine Ruane
In 1701 Tsar Peter the Great decreed that all residents of Moscow must abandon their traditional dress and wear
European fashion. Those who produced or sold Russian clothing would face “dreadful punishment.” Peter’s dress
decree, part of his drive to make Russia more like Western Europe, had a profound impact on the history of Imperial
Russia.
This engrossing book explores the impact of Westernization on Russia in the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries and
presents a wealth of photographs of ordinary Russians in all their finery. Christine Ruane draws on memoirs, mail-order
catalogues, fashion magazines, and other period sources to demonstrate that Russia’s adoption of Western fashion had
symbolic, economic, and social ramifications and was inseparably linked to the development of capitalism, industrial
production, and new forms of communication. This book shows how the fashion industry became a forum through
which Russians debated and formulated a new national identity.
May History/Fashion
C H R I S T I N E R U A N E is director of graduate studies and professor of 256 pp. 70 b/w + 50 color illus. 9 x 11
history at the University of Tulsa. 978-0-300-14155-9 $65.00sc
THE ETHIOPIAN REVOLUTION ♦ Yale Library of Military History

War in the Horn of Africa
Gebru Tareke
R evolution, civil wars, and guerilla warfare wracked Ethiopia during three turbulent decades at the end of the twen-
tieth century. This book is a pioneering study of the military history and political significance of this crucial Horn
of Africa region during that period. Drawing on new archival materials and interviews, Gebru Tareke illuminates the
conflicts, comparing them to the Russian and Iranian revolutions in terms of regional impact.
Writing in vigorous and accessible prose, Tareke brings to life the leading personalities in the domestic political strug-
gles, strategies of the warring parties, international actors, and key battles. He demonstrates how the brutal dictator-
ship of Mengistu Haile Mariam lacked imagination in responding to crises and alienated the peasantry by destroying
human and material resources. And he describes the delicate balance of persuasion and force with which northern
insurgents mobilized the peasantry and triumphed. The book sheds invaluable light not only on modern Ethiopia but
also on post-colonial state formation and insurrectionary politics worldwide.
G E B R U TA R E K E is professor of history at Hobart and William Smith June History/Military History

Colleges and author of Ethiopia: Power and Protest: Peasant Revolts in the 448 pp. 8 b/w maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Twentieth Century. He lives in Rochester, NY. 978-0-300-14163-4 $45.00sc
IMPORTING POVERTY
Immigration and the Changing Face of Rural America
Philip Martin
A merican agriculture employs some 2.5 million workers during a typical year, most for fewer than six months.
Three fourths of these farm workers are immigrants, half are unauthorized, and most will leave seasonal farm
work within a decade. What do these statistics mean for farmers, for laborers, for rural America? This book addresses
the question by reviewing what is happening on farms and in the towns and cities where immigrant farm workers set-
tle with their families. Philip Martin finds that the business-labor model that has evolved in rural America is neither desir-
able nor sustainable. He proposes regularizing U.S. farm workers and rationalizing the farm labor market, an approach
that will help American farmers stay globally competitive while also improving conditions for farm workers.
P H I L I P M A R T I N is professor of agricultural and resource economics,

University of California, Davis; chair of the UC Comparative Immigration and
Integration Program; and editor of the quarterlies Migration News and Rural June Economics/Current Events
Migration News. He is the author of Managing Labor Migration in the Twenty- 256 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
First Century, published by Yale University Press. He lives in Davis, CA. 978-0-300-13917-4 $45.00sc
71
THE TRAGEDY OF CHILD CARE IN
AMERICA
Edward Zigler, Katherine Marsland, and Heather Lord “This book will help those on both
sides of the aisle to frame and justify
W hy the United States has failed to establish a comprehensive
high-quality child care program is the question at the center of
this book. Edward Zigler has been intimately involved in this issue since
policy in this area and to better
understand the complexity of the
issues involved.”
the 1970s, and here he presents a firsthand history of the policy making —Shannon Christian, former associate com-
and politics surrounding this important debate. missioner, Child Care Bureau, U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services
Good-quality child care supports cognitive, social, and emotional devel-
opment, school readiness, and academic achievement. This book exam-
ines the history of child care policy since 1969, including the inside story
of America’s one great attempt to create a comprehensive system of
child care, its failure, and the lack of subsequent progress. Identifying
specific issues that persist today, Zigler and his coauthors conclude with
an agenda designed to lead us successfully toward quality care for
America’s children.
E D WA R D Z I G L E R is Sterling Professor of Psychology Emeritus at

Yale University and director emeritus of the Yale Edward Zigler Center
in Child Development and Social Policy. He lives in North Haven, CT.
K AT H E R I N E M A R S L A N D is associate professor of psychology at June Public Policy/Psychology
Southern Connecticut State University. H E AT H E R L O R D is a consul- 288 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
tant at the Boston Consulting Group in New York. 978-0-300-12233-6 $40.00sc
PACIFIC ALLIANCE
Reviving U.S.–Japan Relations
Kent E. Calder
D espite the enduring importance of the U.S.–Japan security alliance,

the broader relationship between the two countries is today beset
by sobering new difficulties. In this comprehensive comparative analy-
sis of the transpacific alliance and its political, economic, and social
foundations, Kent E. Calder, a leading Japan specialist, asserts that bilat-
eral relations between the two countries are dangerously eroding as
both seek broader options in a globally oriented world.
Calder documents the quiet erosion of America’s multidimensional ties

with Japan as China rises, generations change, and new forces arise in
both American and Japanese politics. He then assesses consequences
for a twenty-first-century military alliance with formidable coordination
requirements, explores alternative foreign paradigms for dealing with
the United States, adopted by Britain, Germany, and China, and offers
prescriptions for restoring U.S.–Japan relations to vitality once again.
K E N T E . C A L D E R is director of the Reischauer Center for East Asian

Studies at SAIS, Johns Hopkins University, Washington, D.C. He has
served as special advisor to the U.S. Ambassador to Japan and Japan
Chair at the Center for Strategic and International Studies (CSIS). He has
June Economics/Current Events
also taught and initiated U.S.– Japan research programs at Princeton and 288 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Harvard Universities. 978-0-300-14672-1 $40.00sc
72
WRITING SUCCESSFUL SCIENCE
PROPOSALS, Second Edition
Andrew J. Friedland and Carol L. Folt
T his fully revised edition of the most authoritative guide to science

proposal writing is essential for any scientist embarking on a thesis
or grant application. Completely updated and with entirely new chapters
on private foundation funding and interdisciplinary research, the book
explains each step of the proposal process in detail.
Praise for the first edition:
“This exceptionally useful and affordable handbook will serve as

a refresher to seasoned writers and as a guide and source of
encouragement for first-time authors.”—C. L. Sagers, Ecology
“This inexpensive book could prove to be your best investment

of the year.”—Bioscience
A N D R E W J . F R I E D L A N D is professor in the environmental studies June Reference/Science

program at Dartmouth College. C A R O L L . F O LT is dean of the facul- 192 pp. 9 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
ty and professor in the department of biological sciences at Dartmouth paper 978-0-300-11939-8 $18.00sc
College. Previous edition: 978-0-300-08141-1
HITLER’S GIFT TO AMERICAN MUSIC

Exiles and Émigrés in Southern California
Dorothy Lamb Crawford
T his book is the first to examine the brilliant gathering of composers,

conductors, and other musicians who fled Nazi Germany and
arrived in the Los Angeles area. Musicologist Dorothy Lamb Crawford
“Dorothy Lamb Crawford offers
valuable material on such individ-
uals as Klemperer, Stravinsky, and
looks closely at the lives, creative work, and influence of sixteen per- Schoenberg, and this book does
formers, fourteen composers, and one opera stage director, who joined much to highlight lesser-known
this immense migration beginning in the 1930s. Some in this group were figures usually forgotten.”
—Leon Botstein, president, Bard College
famous when they fled Europe, others would gain recognition in the
young musical culture of Los Angeles, and still others struggled to estab-
lish themselves in an environment often resistant to musical innovation.
Emphasizing individual voices, Crawford presents short portraits of Igor

Stravinsky, Arnold Schoenberg, and the other musicians while also con-
sidering their influence as a group—in the film industry, in music institu-
tions in and around Los Angeles, and as teachers who trained the next
generation. The book reveals a uniquely vibrant era when Southern
California became a hub of unprecedented musical talent.
D O R O T H Y L A M B C R AW F O R D has lived and worked in music

throughout her career, teaching and lecturing, performing as a singer,
directing opera, and hosting broadcast interviews with musicians. The June Music
author of Evenings On and Off the Roof, and (with John C. Crawford) of 320 pp. 25 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Expressionism in Twentieth-Century Music, she lives in Cambridge, MA. 978-0-300-12734-8 $35.00sc
73
BITE THE HAND THAT FEEDS
YOU
Essays and Provocations
Henry Fairlie
Edited by Jeremy McCarter
A collection of timely essays by one of the

most fearless and provocative social observers
of his era
H enry Fairlie was one of the most colorful and

trenchant journalists of the twentieth century. The
British-born writer made his name on Fleet Street, where
he coined the term “The Establishment,” sparred in print
with the likes of Kenneth Tynan, and caroused with
Kingsley Amis, among many others. In America his writ- ♦ A New Republic Book
ing found a home in the pages of the New Yorker and other
top magazines and newspapers. When he died, he was
remembered as “quite simply the best political journalist,
writing in English, in the last fifty years.”
Remarkable for their prescience and relevance, Fairlie’s

essays celebrate Winston Churchill, old-fashioned bath-
tubs, and American empire; they ridicule Republicans who
think they are conservatives and yuppies who want to live
forever. Fairlie is caustic, controversial, and unwavering—
especially when attacking his employers. With an intro-
duction by Jeremy McCarter, Bite the Hand That Feeds You
restores a compelling voice that, among its many virtues,
helps Americans appreciate their country anew.
Born in England, H E N R Y FA I R L I E (1924–1990) was a frequent

contributor to newspapers and magazines including the Washington
Post and the New Republic. He was the author of The Seven Deadly
Sins Today and other acclaimed books on politics and culture. June Essays/Politics
J E R E M Y M C C A R T E R is a senior writer at Newsweek. He 320 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
lives in New York. 978-0-300-12383-8 $30.00sc
74
LIVING WITH HITLER
Liberal Democrats in the Third Reich
Eric Kurlander
T his book addresses key questions about liberal democrats and

their activities in Germany from 1933 to the end of the Nazi
regime. While it is commonly assumed that liberals fled their home-
land at the first sign of jackboots, in reality most stayed. Some even
thrived under Hitler, personally as well as professionally.
Historian Eric Kurlander examines the motivations, hopes, and fears of

liberal democrats—Germans who best exemplified the middle-class
progressivism of the Weimar Republic—to discover why so few resis- “A provocative study: Eric Kurlander
ted and so many embraced elements of the Third Reich. exposes the spaces that liberals and
democrats could make for themselves
German liberalism was not only the opponent and victim of National in the Third Reich and explores the
Socialism, Kurlander suggests, but in some ways its ideological and aspects of National Socialism that
sociological antecedent. That liberalism could be both has crucial impli- those same liberals and democrats
cations for understanding the genesis of authoritarian regimes every- found appealing and even necessary.
where. Indeed, Weimar democrats’ prolonged reluctance to oppose the In this trenchant analysis, liberals are
both resilient and complicit.”
regime demonstrates how easily a liberal democracy may gradually
—Peter Fritzsche, author of
succumb to fascism.
Life and Death in the Third Reich
July History
E R I C K U R L A N D E R is associate professor of history at Stetson 288 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
University. He lives in Deland, Florida. 978-0-300-11666-3 $35.00sc
A SMART ENERGY POLICY

An Economist’s Rx for Balancing Cheap, Clean, and
Secure Energy
James M. Griffin
W hile everyone wants energy that is clean, cheap, and secure,

these goals often conflict: traditional fossil fuels tend to be
cheaper than alternative fuels, but they are hardly clean or (in the case
of oil) secure. This timely book provides an easy-to-understand expla-
nation of the issues as well as sensible proposals for a truly sustainable
energy policy.
Economist James Griffin points out that current energy policies are
fatally flawed and that government policies should focus on “getting the
prices right” so that the prices of fossil fuels reflect their true costs to
society—including greenhouse gas and security costs. By using carbon
and security taxes, alternative energy forms will be able to compete on
a more even playing field against fossil fuels. This will unleash advances
in alternative energy and conservation technologies, enabling the mar-
ketplace and consumers to find the right balance among energy
sources that are cheap, clean, and secure.
J A M E S M . G R I F F I N is professor of economics and public policy

and holder of the Bob Bullock Chair at the George Bush School of July Economics
Government and Public Service, Texas A&M University. He lives in 224 pp. 24 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-14985-2 $35.00sc
College Station, TX.
75
JESUS AND JUSTICE
Evangelicals, Race, and American Politics
Peter Goodwin Heltzel
Foreword by Mark Noll
An examination of the rise of political

evangelicalism and what it tells us about the
relations between religion, race, and politics
in America
T his timely book investigates the increasing visibility

and influence of evangelical Christians in recent
American politics with a focus on racial justice. Peter
Goodwin Heltzel considers four evangelical social move-
ments: Focus on the Family, the National Association of “A splendid text. Heltzel’s book will be
of high interest to any observer of
Evangelicals, Christian Community Development Asso- recent and current relations between
ciation, and Sojourners. politics and religion in the U.S.”
—Catherine Keller, author of God and Power:
The political motives and actions of evangelical groups are Counter-Apocalyptic Journeys
founded upon their conceptions of Jesus Christ, Heltzel

contends. He traces the roots of contemporary evangelical
politics to the prophetic black Christianity tradition of
Martin Luther King, Jr., and the socially engaged evangeli-
cal tradition of Carl F. H. Henry. Heltzel shows that the
basic tenets of King’s and Henry’s theologies have led their
evangelical heirs toward a prophetic evangelicalism in a
shade of blue-green—blue symbolizing the tragedy of
black suffering in the Americas, and green symbolizing the
hope of a prophetic evangelical engagement with poverty,
AIDS, and the environment. This fresh theological under-
standing of evangelical political groups shines new light on
the ways evangelicals shape and are shaped by broader
American culture.
P E T E R G O O D W I N H E LT Z E L is assistant professor of theolo- July Religion/Politics

gy, New York Theological Seminary, and an ordained minister in 224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
the Christian Church (Disciples of Christ). He lives in New York City. 978-0-300-12433-0 $30.00sc
76
A RIGHT TO DISCRIMINATE?
How the Case of Boy Scouts of America v. James Dale
Warped the Law of Free Association
Andrew Koppelman
With Tobias Barrington Wolff
S hould the Boy Scouts of America and other noncommercial associa-

tions have a right to discriminate when selecting their members?
Does the state have a legitimate interest in regulating the membership
practices of private associations? These questions—raised by Boy Scouts
of America v. Dale, in which the Supreme Court ruled that the Scouts had
a right to expel gay members—are at the core of this provocative book,
an in-depth exploration of the tension between freedom of association
and antidiscrimination law.
The book demonstrates that the “right” to discriminate has a long and
unpleasant history. Andrew Koppelman and Tobias Wolff bring together
legal history, constitutional theory, and political philosophy to analyze
how the law ought to deal with discriminatory private organizations.
A N D R E W K O P P E L M A N is John Paul Stevens Professor of Law and

professor of political science at Northwestern University School of Law.
He lives in Evanston, IL. T O B I A S B A R R I N G T O N W O L F F is pro- July Law
fessor of law, University of Pennsylvania Law School. He lives in 192 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Philadelphia. 978-0-300-12127-8 $38.00sc
BRITONS
Forging the Nation, 1707–1837
Third Edition
Linda Colley
H ow was Great Britain made? And what does it mean to be British?

This brilliant and seminal book examines how a more cohesive
British nation was invented after 1707 and how this new national identi-
♦ Winner of the Wolfson History Prize
♦ A New York Times Notable Book
ty was nurtured through war, religion, trade, and empire. Lavishly illus-
trated and powerful, Britons remains a major contribution to our under-
standing of Britain’s past, and continues to influence ongoing controver-
sies about this polity’s survival and future. This edition contains an exten-
sive new preface by the author.
“A sweeping survey, . . . evocatively illustrated and engagingly

written.”—Harriet Ritvo, New York Times Book Review
“Challenging, fascinating, enormously well informed.”

—John Barrell, London Review of Books
“Linda Colley writes with clarity and grace. . . . Her stimulating

book will be, and deserves to be influential.”
—E. P. Thompson, Dissent
May History
448 pp. 81 illus. 5 x 7 3/4
L I N D A C O L L E Y is Shelby M. C. Davis 1958 Professor of History at paper 978-0-300-15280-7 $22.00sc
Princeton University. Previous edition: 978-0-300-10759-3
77
General Interest
–Paperback
78
THE FUTURE OF THE INTERNET
—AND HOW TO STOP IT
Jonathan Zittrain
With a new Foreword by Lawrence Lessig and
a new Preface by the author
Now in paperback: A member of the digerati

debunks the reputed invincibility of the internet,
warning of the dangers that lie ahead
N orth Korean radios that are altered to receive only

the official stations. Cars that listen in on their
owners’ conversations. Digital video recorders ordered to
self-destruct in viewers’ homes thanks to a lawsuit against “This book is fundamental. It will define
the manufacturer thousands of miles away . . . the debate about the future of the
Internet, long after we haven't stopped
Now in paperback, this extraordinary book explains the it. Absolutely required reading.”
—Lawrence Lessig, Professor, Stanford Law
engine that has catapulted the Internet from backwater to
School, and author of Remix: Making Art and
ubiquity—and reveals that it is sputtering precisely Commerce Thrive in the Hybrid Economy
because of its runaway success. With the unwitting help
of its users, the generative Internet is on a path to a lock-
down, ending its cycle of innovation—and facilitating
♦ National radio campaign
unsettling new kinds of control.
“The most compelling book ever written on why a trans- ♦ Online marketing
formative technology’s trajectory threatens to stifle that
technology’s greatest promise for society. Zittrain offers
convincing road maps for redeeming that promise.”
♦ A Caravan Book. For more information,
—Laurence H. Tribe, Carl M. Loeb University Professor and
visit www.caravanbooks.org
Professor of Constitutional Law, Harvard Law School
“Jonathan Zittrain does what no one has before—

he eloquently and subtly pinpoints the magic that makes
Wikipedia, and the Internet as a whole, work. The best
way to save the Internet is to turn off your laptop until
you’ve read this book.”
—Jimbo Wales, Founder, Wikipedia
“The thrust of Zittrain’s book is that the shift back toward

sterile technology cannot be entirely avoided, though the
dangers can be mitigated. . . . Ignore Zittrain’s warnings
and we may prove his forecast right.”
—Paul Starr, The American Prospect
February Current Events/Law

352 pp. 6 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
J O N AT H A N Z I T T R A I N is professor of law at Harvard Law
paper 978-0-300-15124-4 $17.00
School and co-founder and faculty co-director of the Berkman
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12487-3 $30.00
Center for Internet & Society. For sale in North America only
79
FORGOTTEN CONTINENT
The Battle for Latin America’s Soul
Michael Reid
H ome to half a billion people, the world’s largest reserves of arable

land, and 8.5 percent of global oil, Latin America is in the midst of
a vast transformation. Michael Reid, a journalist with many years of expe-
rience in the region, offers an absorbing analysis of the state of Latin
America today.
“Probably the best general book available on Latin America, and

one not likely to be superseded for some time.”
—Mark Falcoff, The Weekly Standard
“A brilliantly researched and annotated work of scholarship.”

—Carolyn Curiel, New York Times Book Review
“Excellent. . . . A comprehensive primer on the history, politics,

and culture of the hemisphere for those who are not familiar
with the region . . . [and] an interesting argument about the
state of contemporary Latin American politics for people who
already are.”—Francis Fukuyama, Foreign Affairs
M I C H A E L R E I D is editor of the Americas section of the Economist. February Current Events/History

Previously based in Brazil, Mexico, and Peru, he has traveled throughout 400 pp. 16 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Latin America and reported for the BBC, the Guardian, and the paper 978-0-300-15120-6 $20.00
Economist since 1982. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11616-8 $30.00
BLOOD AND SOIL

A World History of Genocide and Extermination
from Sparta to Darfur
Ben Kiernan
T he first global history of genocide and extermination from ancient

times to the present.
“Ben Kiernan has provided the most extensive history of our

genocidal propensities that I have ever read. . . . This is a formi-
dable and important book.”—Michael Ignatieff, New Republic
“Humans have been slaughtering each other for thousands of

years, but only now is the field of genocide studies blooming.
This grim account of history notes remarkable parallels in the
patterns of mass slaughter, from Carthage to Darfur. With refer-
♦ ALSO BY BEN KIERNAN:
ences to the genocides sanctioned by the Bible, it’s ghastly
reading. Yet you also can’t help feeling a measure of progress The Pol Pot Regime
over the centuries. Today, we’re still far too passive about stop- Race, Power, and Genocide in Cambodia under
ping genocide, but even those leaders who engage in it tend to the Khmer Rouge, 1975–79, Third Edition
paper 978-0-300-14434-5 $25.00sc
be embarrassed, rather than boastful.”
—Nicholas D. Kristof, New-York Historical Society series
“Books That Matter,” New York Times Book Review February History
768 pp. 38 b/w illus. + 31 maps
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
B E N K I E R N A N is the A. Whitney Griswold Professor of History,
paper 978-0-300-14425-3 $26.00
professor of international and area studies, and the founding director of cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-10098-3 $40.00
the Genocide Studies Program at Yale University (www.yale.edu/gsp). Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand
80
THE BRIDGE AT THE EDGE OF
THE WORLD
Capitalism, the Environment, and Crossing
from Crisis to Sustainability
James Gustave Speth
Now in paperback from an acclaimed environ-

mentalist, the book Bill McKibben called “an
eloquent, accurate, and no-holds-barred brief
for change large enough to matter.”
T he author of Red Sky at Morning would be the first

to agree that we are in deep environmental trouble,
but he offers hope that there is still time to avert global
♦ With over 13,000 hardcover copies sold,
catastrophe. Gus Speth explores a wide variety of promis- The Bridge at the Edge of the World was
ing and even radical ideas for transforming modern capi- selected as a Top 5 Environment Book in
talism so as to protect and restore the natural world. New England by the Boston Globe and
named a 2008 top seller in Environmental
“Speth is a maestro—conducting a mighty chorus of voices Sciences by Yankee Book Peddler Library
from a dozen disciplines all of which are calling for trans- Services.
formative change before it is too late. The result is the
most compelling plea we have for changing our lives and Marketing Highlights
our politics. And it is a compelling case indeed.”
—Robert F. Kennedy, Jr. ♦ National print advertising
♦ Earth Day promotions
“An extremely probing and thoughtful diagnosis of the
♦ Academic marketing
root causes of planetary distress.”—Ross Gelbspan, Washington
Post Book World ♦ Online marketing
“With candor, cadence and clarity, Speth presents a com- ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY JAMES GUSTAVE SPETH:
pelling case for prompt action, making this book a must-
read on the subject.”—Le-Min Lim, Chicago Tribune Red Sky at Morning, Second Edition
paper 978-0-300-10776-0 $16.00
“Speth pulls no punches. He offers a sharp, sometimes lac-

erating critique of the movement he helped establish. . . .
[Speth says] ‘the environmental community needs to
become a political reform group.’ It’s a call we’re hearing
with increasing frequency, but this time it comes from a
uniquely authoritative voice.”
—Molly Webster, OnEarth Magazine (NRDC) ♦ A Caravan Book. For more information,
J A M E S G U S TAV E S P E T H is dean of the School of Forestry

and Environmental Studies at Yale University. He was awarded February Environment/Economics/Current Events
Japan’s Blue Planet Prize for “a lifetime of creative and visionary 320 pp. 8 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
leadership in the search for science-based solutions to global paper 978-0-300-15115-2 $18.00
environmental problems.” cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13611-1 $28.00
81
FRANCO AND HITLER
Spain, Germany, and World War II
Stanley G. Payne
W as Franco sympathetic to Nazi Germany? Why didn’t Spain

enter World War II? In what ways did Spain collaborate with the
Third Reich? How much did Spain assist Jewish refugees? Now in paper-
back, this book answers these intriguing questions.
“Immensely detailed and finely argued. . . . It is a study of the

entire role of Spain during the war, preceded by an introduction
setting out the Civil War and its aftermath with a snap and
succinctness that only a master could achieve.”
—Richard Eder, Boston Sunday Globe
“Franco and Hitler shatters many myths, especially those fostered ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE BY
by the Franco regime, concerning Spain’s role in the conflict. It STANLEY G. PAYNE:
is compelling, iconoclastic, and insightful.”—Michael Seidman, The Collapse of the Spanish Republic,
author of Republic of Egos: A Social History of the Spanish Civil War 1933–1936
cloth 978-0-300-11065-4 $45.00sc
S TA N L E Y G . PAY N E is Hilldale-Jaume Vicens Vives Professor of

History Emeritus, University of Wisconsin–Madison. He is a world
authority on the history of European fascism and is the author of many February History
books on Spanish and modern European history, including The Spanish 336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Civil War, the Soviet Union, and Communism and The Collapse of the paper 978-0-300-15122-0 $20.00
Spanish Republic, 1933–1936, both published by Yale University Press. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12282-4 $30.00
THE NEIGHBORHOODS OF QUEENS

Claudia Gryvatz Copquin
Introduction by Kenneth T. Jackson
T his up-to-date, intimate portrait of the 99 neighborhoods of

Queens is a wonderful tribute to the borough’s past history and
present diversity. Detailing the history, people, and cultural activities of
each neighborhood, the book is generously illustrated with more than
200 photographs and over 50 new maps.
“For anyone who lives in Queens, visits its neighborhoods or

remembers it from earlier times, this book is an unsurpassed ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
treasure.”—Linda J. Wilson, The Queens Gazette
The Neighborhoods of Brooklyn
paper 978-0-300-10310-6 $21.00
The Citizens Committee for New York City helps New Yorkers improve their
The Encyclopedia of New York City
cloth 978-0-300-05536-8 $70.00
neighborhoods by providing small grants, workshops, information, and assis-
tance to grassroots volunteer groups throughout the city.
A joint publication of the Citizens Committee for New York City and
Yale University Press ♦ Neighborhoods of New York City
March Travel/History
C L A U D I A G R Y VAT Z C O P Q U I N is an award-winning freelance
300 pp. 225 b/w illus. + 56 maps 8 x 10
journalist who immigrated to Queens from South America with her fam- paper 978-0-300-15133-6 $22.00
ily in the late 1960s. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11299-3 $35.00
82
TIGHT LINES
Ten Years of the Yale Anglers’ Journal
Illustrated by James Prosek
Edited by Joseph Furia, WyattGolding,
David Haltom, Steven Hayhurst,
Joseph Kingsbery, and Alexis Surovov
With a Foreword by Nick Lyons
With a Preface by James Prosek and Joseph Furia
This entertaining and beautifully illustrated Among the contributors to this volume:
anthology celebrating fish and fishing is quite
♦ Skip Morris
a catch in paperback
♦ Jimmy Carter
♦ John Hollander
T his beautifully illustrated anthology presents a

selection of 48 stories, recollections, essays, and
poems featured in the Yale Anglers’ Journal during its first
♦
♦
♦
Christopher Buckley
Dana Lamb
Elliot Richardson
remarkable decade. Celebrating fish and the experience of ♦ Ron McFarland
fishing, the diverse contributors to the volume include ♦ Scott Bowen
such well-known figures as Jimmy Carter, Skip Morris, ♦ John E. Smelcer
William Butler Yeats, and James Prosek, whose original ♦ Robert Behnke
watercolors are nothing short of transcendent. ♦ Homer
♦ William Butler Yeats
“Tight Lines is a collection of writings that appeared in the
pages of the Journal during its first decade, and a brilliant
collection it is, a perfect companion for the long cold
months between seasons. And of course, it is illustrated
by James Prosek, which fact alone makes it worth the
asking price.”—Nick Mills, Maine Today
“This is the liveliest collection of angling (and angling-

related) pieces I have read in a long time. And we can be
confident that James Prosek’s wonderful watercolors,
included as a bonus here, will be a part of the sport
permanently.”—Ian Frazier, author of The Fish’s Eye
“The Yale Angler’s Journal is a triumph of literacy and

enthusiasm, a combination rarely seen these days.”
—Thomas McGuane, author of The Longest Silence: A Life in Fishing
“One of the finest anthologies of contemporary angling I

have read in the past 20 years. Tight Lines is full of inter-
esting voices, vivid prose, and wonderfully original takes
on the angling passion.”—Christopher Camuto, author of A Fly
Fisherman’s Blue Ridge and professor of English at Bucknell University
J A M E S P R O S E K and J O S E P H F U R I A cofounded the Yale March Sports/Nature

Anglers’ Journal. J O S E P H F U R I A , S T E V E N H AY H U R S T, 272 pp. 52 color illus. 9 x 6
A L E X I S S U R O V O V, D AV I D H A LT O M , W YAT T G O L D I N G, paper 978-0-300-15140-4 $18.00
and J O S E P H K I N G S B E R Y have served as editors of the journal. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12630-3 $28.00
83
THE CRAFTSMAN
Richard Sennett
Now in paperback, “An inquiring, intelligent

look at how the work of the hand informs the
work of the mind.”
—New York Times Book Review (Editors’ Choice)
N ow in paperback, The Craftsman names a basic

human impulse: the desire to do a job well for its
own sake. Although the word may suggest a way of life
that waned with the advent of industrial society, Sennett
argues that the craftsman’s realm is far broader than
skilled manual labor; the computer programmer, the doc-
tor, the parent, and the citizen need to learn the values of
good craftsmanship today.
♦ The Craftsman has sold more than 12,000
copies in hardcover in four printings and
“[Sennett] compellingly explores the universe of skilled
was named a New York Times Book
work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for its own
Reivew Editor’s Choice selection
sake’ still flourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall Street Journal
“As Richard Sennett makes clear in this lucid and com-

pelling book, craftsmanship once connected people to Marketing Highlights
their work by conferring pride and meaning. The loss of ♦ National print advertising
craftsmanship—and of a society that values it—has
impoverished us in ways we have long forgotten but
♦ Academic marketing
Sennett helps us understand.”
—Robert B. Reich, Professor of Public Policy, University of California
♦ ALSO BY RICHARD SENNETT:
at Berkeley, and author of Supercapitalism: The Transformation of
Business, Democracy, and Everyday Life The Culture of the New Capitalism
paper 978-0-300-11992-3 $15.00
“Sennett reaches out to the craftsman in all of us.”

—James H. Dulebohn, People & Strategy
R I C H A R D S E N N E T T is professor of sociology at New York

University and at The London School of Economics. Before
becoming a sociologist, he studied music professionally. He has March History/Sociology
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
received many awards and honors, most recently the 2006
paper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00
Hegel Prize for lifetime achievement in the humanities and social cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11909-1 $27.50
sciences. For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.
84
NAPOLEON
The Path to Power
Philip Dwyer
N ow available in paperback, this groundbreaking biography focuses

on the thrilling rise of young Napoleon. Debunking many of the
myths that Napoleon himself promulgated as an early manipulator of the
media, Philip Dwyer sheds new light on Napoleon’s inner life and char-
acter and on the twisting path that led from his boyhood in Corsica to the
coup that gave him leadership of France at the age of thirty.
“This is the best biography of Napoleon that has ever been writ-
ten in the English language, and conceivably the best biography
of Napoleon ever, in any language.”
—Charles J. Esdaile, professor of history, University of Liverpool, and author
of Napoleon’s Wars
♦ 2008 winner of the National Biography
“Remarkable. . . . A satisfying, psychologically convincing Award of Australia
account of Napoleon’s early years and ascent to power.
Even-handed and authoritative, this fascinating and highly
enjoyable book will be an eye opener even to those who think
they know the subject well.”—Adam Zamoyski, Sunday Times of London March Biography
672 pp. 64 b/w illus. + 4 maps
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15132-9 $23.00
P H I L I P D W Y E R is senior lecturer at the University of Newcastle in cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13754-5 $35.00
Australia. For sale in the U.S. only
THE LEGACY OF THE MASTODON

The Golden Age of Fossils in America
Keith Thomson
A history of the early days of fossil hunting in America, replete with

high adventure, ruthless competitors, and amazing scientific dis-
coveries.
“In the mid-1700s frontiersmen uncovered mastodon bones in

present-day Kentucky. In this unique and fascinating book,
Thomson . . . takes us from the mastodon bones through finds
of many unsuspected kinds of animals—tiny ancestors of
horses and camels, birds with teeth, cattlelike creatures with
claws and, of course, dinosaurs. All this is fascinating, but what
makes the book unique is that Thomson links the emergence of
the new nation to the discovery of its fossils. Along the way, ♦ ALSO BY KEITH THOMSON
he turns up many surprising gems.”
The Young Charles Darwin
—Michelle Press, Scientific American (see page 9)
“A delicious read, instructive and amusing. . . . Will entertain Before Darwin

Reconciling God and Nature
anyone who has wondered how we came to know the
paper 978-0-300-12600-6 $18.00sc
mastodon and its tribe.” —Ross MacPhee, Nature For sale in North America only
April History/Natural History/Archaeology

K E I T H T H O M S O N is professor emeritus of natural history,
424 pp. 38 b/w illus. + 6 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
University of Oxford, where he also served as director of the Oxford paper 978-0-300-15129-9 $23.00
University Museum of Natural History. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11704-2 $35.00
85
WHY POETRY MATTERS
Jay Parini
Now in paperback, a deeply felt meditation on

poetry and its place in the world by the noted
poet, novelist, and biographer Jay Parini
J ay Parini knows that poetry doesn’t matter to most peo-

ple. But he also recognizes this as a serious problem,
one which he tackles in this focused and passionate
book—now available in paperback—about the nature of
poetry and its uses in the world. A primer for the general
reader, students, and novices and experts alike, this is a
candid and personal plea for the relevance of an art form
that lies at the center of Western culture—an art form we
need now more than ever. ♦ Poetry Month promotions
♦ Academic Marketing
“Jay Parini is a commanding presence on the page,

whether writing in poetry or prose.” ♦ Why X Matters
—Donna Seaman, Booklist Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each
volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise
“Jay Parini is an ambitious poet whose quiet voice belies argument for the continuing relevance of an important
his achievement. That achievement is to have taken person or idea.
poetry back to his source, to bring the classical spirit of
subtlety and independence into American poetry just ♦ A Caravan Book. For more information,
when it needs it most.”—Christian Science Monitor visit www.caravanbooks.org
“Concise, cogent, and convincing, Jay Parini clarifies a
complex subject with common sense and uncommon
insight. This is a book for both the newcomer and the old
hand—a rousing and eloquent survey of an art that goes
to the very center of our lives.”—J. D. McClatchy
“Jay Parini celebrates not simply poetry but glorious life

itself. He shows that poetry can quicken the mind, purge
damp melancholy from the cold heart, and spread gold-
enrod across fallen days.”—Sam Pickering
J AY PA R I N I , a poet, novelist, and biographer, is D. E. Axinn

Professor of English at Middlebury College. Among his many
books are five volumes of poetry, most recently The Art of
Subtraction: New and Selected Poems. His poems, articles,
March Poetry Studies/Literary Studies
and reviews appear regularly in such journals as the Atlantic,
224 pp. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
the New Yorker, Harper’s, Poetry, the New York Times Book paper 978-0-300-15146-6 $14.00
Review, the Guardian, and the Times Literary Supplement. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12423-1 $24.00
86
THE LIBRARY AT NIGHT
Alberto Manguel
A magnificent understanding of the meaning

of libraries in civilization by the international-
ly acclaimed author and reader, now available
in paperback
M anguel’s creation of an idyllic place to read and

store his books on his fifteenth-century proper-
ty near the Loire becomes a luminous journey through the
still-greater library contained within his mind and the
many unexpected forms that libraries—with their pecu-
liarly “labyrinthine logic”—have taken through history.
♦ The Library at Night has sold more

“A richly enjoyable book, absolutely enthralling for anyone
than 12,000 copies in hardcover in
who loves to read and an inspiration for anybody who has
six printings.
ever dreamed of building a library of his or her own.”
—Michael Dirda, Washington Post Book World
“The Library at Night is crowded with memorable tales of
reading as rescue, as solace, as liberation, in times of ♦ National print advertising
want, fear or tyranny. They range from the donkey-back ♦ Reading group outreach
libraries that trek through the mountains of Colombia to
the treasured copy of Mann’s The Magic Mountain passed
around by inmates of the Bergen-Belsen camp.”
—Boyd Tonkin, Independent
“Remarkable.”—Financial Times
“For bibliophiles, The Library at Night is a pleasure—espe-

cially at this time of expansion, reinvention and internet
related uncertainty for libraries. For those like Manguel
who are distressed by the amnesia of the Web, this book
is also an excellent example of how to rejuvenate the past
and continue its conversations.”—Ben Carlson, The Atlantic
“The Library at Night is for readers who take books

seriously.”—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today
A L B E R T O M A N G U E L is an internationally acclaimed anthol- April Literary Studies/Books about Books/History

ogist, translator, essayist, novelist, and editor, and the author of 384 pp. 76 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 9
paper 978-0-300-15130-5 $17.00
several award-winning books, including A Dictionary of
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-13914-3 $27.50
Imaginary Places and A History of Reading. Not for sale in Canada
87
WALL STREET
America’s Dream Palace
Steve Fraser
With a new introduction by the author
The author of Every Man a Speculator presents

a colorful history of America’s love-hate
relationship with Wall Street, from the first panic
of 1792 to the days of dot.coms and Enron
F raming this fascinating analysis around the roles of

four iconic Wall Street types—the aristocrat, the con-
fidence man, the hero, and the immoralist—Steve Fraser
yields surprising insights about how the nation has wres-
tled, and still wrestles, with fundamental questions of
wealth and work, democracy and elitism, greed and
salvation. Marketing Highlights
“In this age of agitated amnesiacs, Americans have forgot- ♦ National print advertising
ten that nothing is new—that in other times money and
power were forged into a conspiracy against the public.
Steve Fraser connects vividly to that past, reminding us ♦ Selected for Bill Moyers’s “Be a More
that this present financial crisis is not the first time our Engaged Citizen” book list, August 2008
hearts have been broken by Wall Street peddlers of the
American Dream.”—Bill Moyers
“Steve Fraser, the author of . . . the best long cultural histo- What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of America
ry of Wall Street, has now written the best short history.” Series aims to answer these questions by telling the immense story
—David Nasaw, American Studies of this country through key texts, images, moments, individuals, and
events in American history, the seemingly familiar landmarks around
which we have shaped our daily lives and which hold an iconic
“The history of American attitudes toward the financiers of
place in our national history and imagination.
Wall Street, as shown in newspapers, novels and prosecu-
tions, is the subject of Fraser’s book. It’s a remarkable
tale.”—Floyd Norris, New York Times Book Review
“This book is written with Fraser’s customary panache and

scrupulous attention to detail. If you’re after a fascinating
take on one of our ultimate icons, this is it.”
—Mike Wallace, John Jay College (CUNY), coauthor of
Gotham: A History of New York City to 1898
“I don’t know of a better book about Wall Street’s hold on

the American imagination. Were it to be listed as a stock
on the New York exchange, I’d bet on the quadrupling of
its price in the first day’s trading.”—Lewis Lapham
April History/Cultural History/Business

208 pp. 6 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
S T E V E F R A S E R is an author, an editor, and a historian. He is paper 978-0-300-15143-5 $14.00
cofounder of the American Empire Project, Metropolitan Books. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11755-4 $22.00
88
1948
A History of the First Arab-Israeli War
Benny Morris
Now available in paperback, Benny Morris’s

acclaimed history of the Israeli-Arab war of 1948
T his groundbreaking account of the 1948 Israeli-Arab

war is history at its best: meticulously accurate,
objective, and told with drama and flair. Benny Morris
demolishes misconceptions and brings to light the political
and military facts of the war that led to the birth of the state
of Israel and the shattering of Palestinian Arab society.
“A commanding, superbly documented, and fair-minded

♦ The hardcover edition of 1948 was
study of the events that, in the wake of the Holocaust,
featured in the New Yorker in a major
gave a sovereign home to one people and dispossessed
piece by David Remnick and has sold
another.”—David Remnick, New Yorker
more than 12,000 copies.
“Morris relates the story of his new book soberly and
somberly, evenhandedly and exhaustively. . . . An authori-
tative and fair-minded account of an epochal and volatile
event.”—David Margolick, New York Times Book Review ♦ Cross-promotion with hardcover
release of One State, Two States
“An ambitious, detailed and engaging portrait of the war
itself—from its origins to its unresolved aftermath—that ♦ National print advertising
further shatters myths on both sides of the Israeli-Arab
divide.”—Glenn Frankel, Washington Post Book World
♦ ALSO BY BENNY MORRIS:
“This volume is a must read. . . . A courageous narrative.” One State, Two States
—Michael Bell, Toronto Globe and Mail (see pages 32–33)
“This is the best book by far on the war of 1948.”

—Benjamin Kedar, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem
B E N N Y M O R R I S is professor of history in the Middle East

Studies Department of Ben-Gurion University, Israel. He is the April History
leading figure among Israel’s “New Historians,” who over the 544 pp. 25 b/w illus. + 30 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
past two decades have reshaped our understanding of the paper 978-0-300-15112-1 $22.00
Israeli-Arab conflict. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12696-9 $32.50
89
THE COMANCHE EMPIRE
Pekka Hämäläinen
T his groundbreaking book uncovers the lost story of the Comanche

Indians and the vast and powerful empire they built in the eigh-
teenth and early nineteenth centuries. The volume challenges the idea of
indigenous peoples as victims of European expansion and offers a new
perspective on the history of the colonization of North America.
“Cutting-edge revisionist western history.”

—Larry McMurtry, New York Review of Books
“Exhilarating. . . . A nuanced account of the complex social, cul-

tural, and biological interactions that the acquisition of the
horse unleashed in North America, and a brilliant analysis of a
Comanche social formation that dominated the Southern Plains. ♦ Published in association with the
The book as a whole is a tour de force.” William P. Clements Center for
—Richard White, author of The Middle Ground: Indians, Empires, and Republics Southwest Studies, Southern
in the Great Lakes Region, 1650–1815 Methodist University.
“Hämäläinen succeeds in introducing a new perspective on
♦ The Lamar Series in Western History
Southwestern history.”—Library Journal
May History/American Indian Studies

512 pp. 12 b/w illus. + 8 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
P E K K A H Ä M Ä L Ä I N E N is associate professor of history, University paper 978-0-300-15117-6 $22.00
of California, Santa Barbara. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12654-9 $35.00
WHITE GUARD
Mikhail Bulgakov
Translated by Marian Schwartz
With an Introduction by Evgeny Dobrenko
T his new translation for the first time offers a complete and accu-
rate English rendition of Mikhail Bulgakov’s first novel. Recounting
the saga of a Russian family plunged into the chaos of civil war, Bulgakov
contrasts the cruelty and violence of the era with individual acts of
humanity, addressing important themes that concerned him throughout
his writing life.
“With this edition of White Guard, translator Marian Schwartz

has done a handsome job of matching Bulgakov’s rich Russian
vocabulary and attention to meticulous detail. In a thoughtful
introduction, the scholar Evgeny Dobrenko observes that, with
the Russian Civil War, ‘history intruded, suddenly and menac-
ingly.’ Bulgakov’s novel evokes the suffering of the conflict and
the still greater horrors that lay ahead.”
—Joshua Rubenstein, Wall Street Journal
M I K H A I L B U L G A K O V was a prolific Russian novelist and play-

wright whose works have been hailed as some of the greatest novels of
the twentieth century and among the foremost critiques of the Soviet
May Literature
social hierarchy. M A R I A N S C H WA R T Z is a prize-winning translator 352 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
of Russian. E V G E N Y D O B R E N K O is professor in the Department of paper 978-0-300-15145-9 $18.00
Russian and Slavonic Studies at the University of Sheffield. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12242-8 $27.00
90
THE HAMBURGER
A History
Josh Ozersky
Be sure to order fries with this sizzling, enter-

taining history, now being served in paperback
T his fast-paced and entertaining book unfolds the

immense significance of the hamburger as an
American icon. Josh Ozersky shows how the history of the
burger is entwined with American business and culture
and, unexpectedly, how the burger’s story is in many ways
the story of the country that invented (and reinvented) it.
America has run on hamburgers for almost a century. This
is the story of their sizzle and their symbolism, where they ♦ In hardcover, The Hamburger impressed
critics from the Economist and Forbes for
came from and how they conquered the world, told with
its approach to the burger business and
insight, humor, and gusto. was called “a tasty cultural history” by
USA Today.
“This book is too good and too smart to be categorized as
mere ‘food writing.’ It’s like a meeting between Jane &
Michael Stern and Ken Burns: bright, funny pop What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
commentary mixed with vivid, rigorously reported America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
immense story of this country through key texts, images,
American history. All compactly served on a moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seem-
golden-brown bun!” ingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our
—David Kamp, author of The United States of Arugula daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national his-
tory and imagination.
“A short, utterly brilliant chronicle of this storied
American morsel.”
—Katherine A. Powers, Boston Sunday Globe
♦ Off-the-book page features
“Colorful reading. . . . This is a country that needed some-
thing to unite it, and, however improbably, Ozersky con- ♦ Memorial Day grilling promotions
vinces us that the hamburger has done just that.”
—Holly Brubach, New York Times Magazine
♦ A Caravan Book. For more information,
“Lively, well-reported. . . . A tasty cultural history that
appreciates the sizzle and symbolism of its subject.”
—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today
“Hugely satisfying. . . . Both scholarly and witty.”

—Daniel Okrent, Fortune
An American cultural historian and recognized authority on food,

J O S H O Z E R S K Y is food editor/online for New York
Magazine. He has written for the New York Times, the New York May History/Cultural Studies/Food
160 pp. 15 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Post, Saveur, and many other publications. His books include
paper 978-0-300-15125-1 $14.00
Meat Me in Manhattan: A Carnivore’s Guide to New York and cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11758-5 $22.00
Archie Bunker’s America: TV in an Era of Changing Times. Not for sale in Australia, New Zealand and their territories
91
JACOB’S LEGACY
A Genetic View of Jewish History
David B. Goldstein
I n this engaging book, a geneticist uses everyday language to

explain the science of genetic history and what it can tell us about
Jewish history.
“To paraphrase the old ad for rye bread, you don’t have to be
Jewish to love this book. It is a specific—and gripping—example
of how the lens of genetics will eventually inform our under-
standing of all peoples.”—Michelle Press, Scientific American
“Dr. Goldstein is a superb scientist and a captivating storyteller.

Jacob’s Legacy is a gem.”
—Eric Lander, Director of the Broad Institute of MIT and Harvard, and one of
the principal leaders of the Human Genome Project
“[An] important and illuminating book—written with keen intel-

ligence and deep love of its subject. . . . Masterful.”
—Jerome Groopman, New Republic
May History/Jewish Studies/Science

D AV I D B . G O L D S T E I N is professor of molecular genetics and 176 pp. 5 b/w illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
director of the Institute for Genome Science and Policy’s Center for paper 978-0-300-15128-2 $17.00
Population Genomics and Pharmacogenetics, Duke University. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12583-2 $26.00
THE AENEID
Vergil
Translated by Sarah Ruden
T his extraordinary new translation of the Aeneid stands alone among

modern Vergil translations for its accuracy and poetic appeal. Sarah
Ruden, a lyric poet in her own right, is the first woman to translate Vergil’s
great epic, and she renders the poem in the same number of lines as the
original work—a very rare feat that maintains technical fidelity to the
original without diminishing its emotional power.
“Fast, clean, and clear, sometimes terribly clever, and often strik-
ingly beautiful. . . . Ruden has found ingenious solutions to echo
some of Vergil’s great sound effects—solutions I’ve not seen in
other translations, prose or verse. . . . Many human achieve-
ments deserve our praise, and this excellent translation is cer-
tainly one of them.”—Richard Garner, The New Criterion
May Classics/Poetry/Literature
S A R A H R U D E N ’ S previous translations include Aristophanes’ 320 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
Lysistrata and Petronius’ Satyricon. She is a visiting scholar at Yale paper 978-0-300-15141-1 $20.00
Divinity School. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11904-6 $30.00
92
INVENTING A NATION
Washington, Adams, Jefferson
Gore Vidal
In this newly repackaged paperback, a master

stylist of American literature offers a uniquely
irreverent take on America’s founding fathers
T hrough Inventing a Nation, Gore Vidal transports the

reader into the minds, the living rooms (and bed-
rooms), the convention halls, and the salons of George
Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and John Adams. We
come to know these men, through Vidal’s splendid and
percipient prose, in ways we have not up to now—their
opinions of one another, their worries about money, their
♦ With more than 100,000 hardcover
concerns about creating a viable democracy. and paperback copies sold, Inventing a
Nation is a New York Times and Los
“He has brought a novelist’s gifts to history . . . and a Angeles Times bestseller and was called
graceful, wicked stiletto to the polemical public essay. “pure Vidal” by the Los Angeles Times
Now, in Inventing a Nation, Gore Vidal swirls these talents Book Review
together for a brief, idiosyncratic (of course) conversation
about three American founders: Washington, Jefferson
and Adams.”—Richard Eder, New York Times Marketing Highlights
♦ July 4th promotions
“Trust Gore Vidal to teach us things we never learned in
school. In Inventing a Nation, his quick wit flickers over ♦ Academic marketing
the canonical tale of our republic’s founding, turning it
into a dark and deliciously nuanced comedy of men,
manners, and ideas.” ♦ Icons of America
—Amanda Heller, Boston Sunday Globe What is America? Why is America America? The Icons of
America Series aims to answer these questions by telling the
“An unblinking view of our national heroes by one who immense story of this country through key texts, images,
cherishes them, warts and all.” moments, individuals, and events in American history, the seem-
ingly familiar landmarks around which we have shaped our
—Edmund S. Morgan, New York Review of Books
daily lives and which hold an iconic place in our national history
and imagination.
G O R E V I D A L , novelist, essayist, and playwright, is one of June History

America’s great men of letters. Among his many books are United 208 pp. 5 x 8
States: Essays 1951–1991 (winner of the National Book Award), paper (F ‘04) 978-0-300-10592-6 $14.00
Burr: A Novel; Lincoln; and Perpetual War for Perpetual Peace. cloth (F ’03) 978-0-300-10171-3 $22.00sc
93
NETWORK POWER
The Social Dynamics of Globalization
David Singh Grewal
D rawing on several centuries of political and social thought, David Grewal

shows how globalization is best understood in terms of a power inher-
ent in social relations, which he calls network power. Using this framework,
he demonstrates how our standards of social coordination both gain in value
the more they are used and undermine the viability of alternative forms of
cooperation.
“Excellent.”—Roger Cohen, International Herald Tribune
“A splendid book. Grewal’s account of network power is elegant and

compelling, and his approach to debates on globalization is bold.”
—Jedediah Purdy, author of For Common Things and Being America
♦ A Caravan Book.
“A brilliant and subtle book. . . . It may [offer] the
For more information,
richest and most hard-headed explanation yet of the relationship
between globalisation and diversity.”
—Christopher Caldwell, Financial Times
“This is a major, learned and wide-ranging contribution to our

understanding of the processes of globalization.
An indispensable work.”—Stanley Hoffmann, Harvard University
June
Cultural Studies/Political Thought/Economics
D AV I D S I N G H G R E WA L holds a J.D. from Yale Law School and is 416 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
currently a doctoral student in the Department of Government, Harvard paper 978-0-300-15134-3 $18.00
University, and a fellow of the Project on Justice, Welfare, and Economics. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11240-5 $30.00
THE ARAB CENTER

The Promise of Moderation
Marwan Muasher
O ne of Jordan’s top diplomats provides an insider’s perspective on

the promise and perils of taking the “middle road” toward peace
in the Middle East. Marwan Muasher recounts the details of diplomatic
efforts over the past two decades and discusses what must be done to
encourage the development of moderate, pragmatic Arab voices.
“This book is a must read to understand how to address the

challenges facing the Middle East today.”
—President Bill Clinton
“Few Arab thinkers are better positioned to discuss the

challenge to moderation in the Middle East, and I hope that
Marwan Muasher’s distinguished voice of reason and
pragmatism will be heard well beyond our region.”
—His Majesty King Abdullah II of Jordan
“A gem of memoir as history.”—L. Carl Brown, Foreign Affairs
M A R WA N M U A S H E R has held many high-level positions within

June Current Events/History
the government of Jordan, including deputy prime minister, foreign
336 pp. 21 b/w illus. + 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
minister, ambassador to the United States, and first Jordanian ambas- paper 978-0-300-15114-5 $20.00
sador to Israel. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12300-5 $30.00
94
HITLER, THE GERMANS, AND
THE FINAL SOLUTION
Ian Kershaw
A deeply insightful social history of Hitler’s rise to power and the atti-
tudes of the German people during the era of the Third Reich.
“Ian Kershaw, the author of a magisterial two-volume biography

of Hitler, has spent the last quarter-century trying to explain
Nazism’s origins and appeals. By bringing together 14 essays
written . . . between 1983 and 2006, Hitler, The Germans, and
the Final Solution provides a splendid summary of his
accomplishments. In a characteristically candid and thoughtful
introduction, Kershaw reflects on how his views have changed in
response to new scholarly challenges and opportunities.”
—James J. Sheehan, Washington Post Book World
“A comprehensive view of the destructive force of the Nazi

leadership and of the attitudes and behavior of Germans in the
persecution of the Jews. . . . A precise and sensitive account.”
—Booklist
I A N K E R S H AW is a highly acclaimed historian and professor of mod- June History

ern history at the University of Sheffield. He is well known for his writings 400 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
on Nazi Germany, especially his definitive two-volume biography of Adolf paper 978-0-300-15127-5 $22.00
Hitler, Hitler, 1889–1936: Hubris and Hitler, 1936–1945: Nemesis. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12427-9 $35.00
WHY ARENDT MATTERS

Elisabeth Young-Bruehl
I n this book—now available in paperback—Hannah Arendt’s prizewin-

ning biographer provides a concise and fascinating guide to the core
of the great political philosopher’s work. Elisabeth Young-Bruehl shows
how the ideas Arendt developed in the wake of the Second World War
are deeply connected to the contemporary world, through consideration
of crucial topics such as totalitarianism, terrorism, globalization, war,
and “radical evil.”
“Young-Bruehl repeatedly and successfully unpacks Arendt’s

views of such concepts as action, power, forgiveness, judgment,
radical evil, revolution, and the human condition itself.”
—Carlin Romano, Chronicle of Higher Education
♦ Finalist for the C. Wright Mills
“A text both clear and urgent.” Award sponsored by the Society for
—Lawrence Weschler, author of the Study of Social Problems
Everything that Rises: A Book of Convergences
♦ ALSO BY ELISABETH YOUNG-BRUEHL:
♦ Why X Matters Hannah Arendt, Second Edition
Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series paper 978-0-300-10588-9 $23.00sc
presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea. Anna Freud, Second Edition
paper 978-0-300-14023-1 $20.00
E L I S A B E T H Y O U N G - B R U E H L is a faculty member at the Columbia July Essays/Biography

Center for Psychoanalytic Training and Research and a practicing psycho- 240 pp. 5 1/4 x 7 3/4
analyst. She received her Ph.D. in philosophy under Hannah Arendt’s paper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00
supervision at the Graduate Faculty of the New School for Social Research. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12044-8 $22.00
95
Scholarly Books of
Interest to
the General Trade
–Paperback
96
Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback
THE ESSENTIAL REINHOLD NIEBUHR
Selected Essays and Addresses
Edited and Introduced by Robert McAfee Brown
T heologian, ethicist, and political analyst, Reinhold Niebuhr was a

towering figure of twentieth-century religious thought. Now newly
repackaged, this important book gathers the best of Niebuhr’s essays
together in a single volume. Selected, edited, and introduced by Robert
McAfee Brown—a student and friend of Niebuhr’s and himself a distin-
guished theologian—the works included here testify to the brilliant
polemics, incisive analysis, and deep faith that characterized the whole of
Niebuhr’s life.
“The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr is a treasure of little-known

essays and sermons framed by a brilliant introduction. It
reminds us, once again, how eloquently Niebuhr speaks to the
problems of our age.”
—Peter Beinart, Senior Fellow, Council on Foreign Relations
“To return to these penetrating reflections is to be reminded yet

again of the intellectual void—still today unfilled—left by
Reinhold Niebuhr’s passing.”—Andrew J. Bacevich, Boston University
(on the new edition)
As pastor of a parish in Detroit and then as professor of Christian ethics

at Union Theological Seminary, R E I N H O L D N I E B U H R became
widely known for his forceful expression of Protestant faith and its rela- February Religion
tion to liberal social thought. R O B E R T M C A F E E B R O W N was 264 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
professor of theology and ethics at the Pacific School of Religion. paper 978-0-300-04001-2 (F ‘87) $20.00sc
WE SHALL OVERCOME
A History of Civil Rights and the Law
Alexander Tsesis
T he history of America’s successes and failures in the battles for civil

rights, from the Revolutionary period to today.
“One of our leading constitutional scholars superbly

demonstrates how the struggle for civil rights in the United
States has evolved over the past two centuries. His sweeping
synthesis provides a perfect foundation for understanding why
the issues surrounding minority rights and grievances remain
such a dominant force in our nation today.”
—David Oshinsky, University of Texas
“All citizens would be wise to read We Shall Overcome.”

—Eleanor J. Bader, New York Law Journal
“A full, thoughtful, and readable history of civil rights in the

United States.”
—Michael Les Benedict, author of The Blessings of Liberty
April History/Law
384 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
A L E X A N D E R T S E S I S is assistant professor of law at Loyola paper 978-0-300-15144-2 $23.00sc
University of Chicago, School of Law. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11837-7 $35.00
97
BLOOD SPORT
Hunting in Britain since 1066
Emma Griffin
T his lively book recounts the long and colorful history of hunting in Britain, from William the Conqueror’s estab-
lishment of royal forests to the fierce debates provoked by the Hunting with Dogs Act of 2004.
“[A] brilliant work of social history. . . . Excellent breadth, readability, and erudition. Highly recommended.”
—Choice
“Thorough and insightful. . . . Endlessly fascinating.”—James Delingpole, Literary Review
“Emma Griffin’s incisively argued and highly entertaining study fills a major gap in the social history of
[Great Britain].”—Tim Blanning, author of The Pursuit of Glory: Europe 1648–1815
History February
296 pp. 32 b/w illus. 5 x 7 3/4
paper 978-0-300-14545-8 $25.00tx
E M M A G R I F F I N is lecturer in history, University of East Anglia. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11628-1 $55.00tx
THE MYTH OF AMERICAN DIPLOMACY

National Identity and U.S. Foreign Policy
Walter L. Hixson
In this provocative book—now made available in paperback—Walter L. Hixson presents a major re-conceptualization
of the history of U.S. foreign policy, how it reflects our national identity, and why it so regularly involves the use of
military force.
“A major accomplishment. . . . Hixson’s book is the best kind of synthesis. It pulls together several decades
of scholarship into a sorely-needed single narrative. Themes of religion, race, gender, modernization, and
nationalism emerge as undeniable influences on U.S. foreign policy.”—Christopher Endy, SHAFR Passport
“Hixson’s message may be one we are better off hearing now, before it is too late.”
—Timothy Renick, Christian Century
WA LT E R L . H I X S O N is professor and chair, Department of History, March History

University of Akron. He has published numerous books and articles on the 392 pp. 9 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
history of U.S. foreign policy, including the prize-winning book George F. paper 978-0-300-15131-2 $23.00sc
Kennan: Cold War Iconoclast. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11912-1 $35.00
SPIRITUAL RADICAL
Abraham Joshua Heschel in America, 1940–1972
Edward K. Kaplan
I n this powerful sequel to Abraham Joshua Heschel: Prophetic Witness, Edward Kaplan tells the story of Heschel’s life
and work in America after his escape from Nazism.
“This religiously contentious world needs the noble witness of Abraham Joshua Heschel more than ever.
Edward K. Kaplan’s lucid and compelling account of Heschel’s life in America is an urgently important book.”
—James Carroll, author of House of War
“Kaplan has managed to capture the magnitude of the man—and that is the real achievement of this book.
. . . Spellbinding.”—Jack Riemer, Jerusalem Post
♦ Winner of the 2007 National Jewish Book Award in the American Jewish Studies category
E D WA R D K . K A P L A N is Kevy and Hortense Kaiserman Professor in the March Biography

544 pp. 53 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Humanities at Brandeis University, where he teaches courses in French,
paper 978-0-300-15139-8 $26.00sc
comparative literature, and religious studies. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11540-6 $40.00
98
OUT OF THE EAST
Spices and the Medieval Imagination
Paul Freedman
T he demand for spices in medieval Europe was extravagant and was

reflected in the pursuit of fashion, the formation of taste, and the
growth of luxury trade. This engaging book explores the demand for
spices in the Middle Ages and how they drove the engines of commerce
and conquest at the dawn of the modern era, leading to the discovery of
new worlds and the era of colonial expansion.
“This is a magical book. Freedman has done more than uncover

the taste buds of a forgotten Europe. He has rewritten a fateful
chapter in the history of the world.”
—Peter Brown, Princeton University
“Like the spices—flavors, perfumes, and medicinals—so urgently

sought by medieval populations, Out of the East is a
consummate delight.”
—Marion Nestle, New York University
March History
288 pp. 21 b/w illus. 5 5/8 x 9 1/4
paper 978-0-300-15135-0 $20.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-11199-6 $30.00
PA U L F R E E D M A N is Chester D. Tripp Professor of History, Yale Not for sale in India, Pakistan, Bhutan, Nepal, Sri Lanka
University. and the Maldives
RESURRECTION
The Power of God for Christians and Jews
Kevin J. Madigan and Jon D. Levenson
T wo highly respected religious scholars, one a Christian and the

other a Jew, explore the origins of the belief in resurrection. They
clarify what is surprising to many—that the Jews believed in resurrection
long before the emergence of Christianity—and they discuss deep and
meaningful connections between their two faiths.
“Cogent and accessible. . . . The deft historical arguments of

Resurrection will draw adherents of both [Christianity and
Judaism] to explore their ‘neglected continuity.’”
—Michael Peppard, Commonweal
“Unique and groundbreaking. . . . Truly a landmark work.”

—Gary A. Anderson, First Things
♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
“Provides subtle readings of important biblical passages relating
Resurrection and the Restoration
to life and death, and is extremely helpful to anyone looking to of Israel
understand resurrection and immortality in Judaism.” JON D. LEVENSON
—Jewish Book World paper 978-0-300-13635-7 $14.00sc
K E V I N J . M A D I G A N is professor of the history of Christianity,

Divinity School, Harvard University. J O N D . L E V E N S O N is Albert
A. List Professor of Jewish Studies, Divinity School and Department of April Religion
Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations, Harvard University. He is 304 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
the author of Resurrection and the Restoration of Israel: The Ultimate paper 978-0-300-15137-4 $20.00sc
cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12277-0 $30.00
Victory of the God of Life, published by Yale University Press.
99
HISTORY LESSON
A Race Odyssey
Mary Lefkowitz
F rom the author of Not Out of Africa comes a gripping first-person

account of the tyranny of political correctness in academe. In the early
1990s, Mary Lefkowitz discovered that one of her faculty colleagues at
Wellesley College was teaching his students that Greek culture had been
stolen from Africa and that Jews were responsible for the slave trade. This
book tells the disturbing story of what happened when she spoke out.
“[Lefkowitz’s] account asks—and answers—provocative questions

about the limits of [academic] freedom and about what scholars
owe to their disciplines, their students and their colleagues.”
—Amanda Heller, Boston Sunday Globe
♦ ALSO BY MARY LEFKOWITZ:
Greek Gods, Human Lives
paper 978-0-300-10769-2 $19.00sc
M A R Y L E F K O W I T Z is Mellon Professor in the Humanities, Emerita,

Wellesley College. In 2006 she was awarded a National Humanities April Education/Biography
Medal for outstanding excellence in teaching and scholarship and for 208 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
championing high standards and integrity in the study of Ancient Greece paper 978-0-300-15126-8 $17.50sc
and its relevance to contemporary thought. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12659-4 $25.00
THE SPIRIT OF THE AGE

Victorian Essays
Edited by Gertrude Himmelfarb
A wide-ranging collection of Victorian writings by John Stuart Mill,

Charles Dickens, Oscar Wilde, and other leading lights of the era
“It is time for a broader audience to have a fresh encounter with

the actual words of these eminent Victorians, and Professor
Himmelfarb’s careful selection of writings adds up to a
thoroughly stimulating, and profitable, reading experience.”
—Wilfred McClay, University of Tennessee at Chattanooga
“The collection illustrates Himmelfarb’s view that the spirit of

the Victorian age defined itself as much in its books and ideas
as in political battles and societal strife.”
—Alexandra Mullen, New Criterion
April Essays/Literature
336 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
G E R T R U D E H I M M E L FA R B is professor emeritus, Graduate paper 978-0-300-15138-1 $23.00sc
School, City University of New York. cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-12330-2 $35.00
100
ANDREW LLOYD WEBBER ♦ Yale Broadway Masters Series
John Snelson
C ats, Jesus Christ Superstar, Phantom of the Opera, Evita—composer Andrew Lloyd Webber’s phenomenal musicals
are familiar to hundreds of millions of audience members. This book, the first comprehensive survey of Webber’s
creative career, explores his impact, the vast range of influences on his works, and the reasons for the controversies that
surround him.
“A valuable contribution to the field and a goldmine for anyone doing dramaturgical work on a production.”
—Annette Thornton, Theatre Journal
“A welcome [volume]. . . . Snelson’s contribution to our understanding of this music theater giant lies in his
ability to explicate Webber’s musical creations, both the successes and the failures.”—Library Journal
“A meaty comprehensive study.”—Jessica Duchen, Classic FM Magazine

June Performing Arts
288 pp. 34 b/w illus. + 27 musical examples
6 1/8 x 9 1/4
J O H N S N E L S O N is Editor of Publications at the Royal Opera House, paper 978-0-300-15113-8 $19.00sc
Covent Garden. cloth (F ’04) 978-0-300-10459-2 $19.00sc
FROM THE NEW DEAL TO THE NEW

RIGHT
Race and the Southern Origins of Modern Conservatism
Joseph E. Lowndes
A compelling account of the rise of the modern Right in America
“Evocative and analytical, this historical portrait shows how racial change in the South opened the door to
conservative mobilization. Its powerful account of how a cross-regional alliance of white supremacists
and business-oriented anti-New Dealers fundamentally reoriented American politics advances our
understanding not just of pathways to the present, but of prospects for the future.”
—Ira Katznelson, author of When Affirmative Action Was White
“Lowndes breaks fresh ground. . . . A valuable contribution to the study of contemporary conservatism.”
—Publishers Weekly
June History/Political Science
256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
J O S E P H E . L O W N D E S is assistant professor of political science, paper 978-0-300-15123-7 $20.00sc
University of Oregon. cloth (S ’08) 978-0-300-12183-4 $35.00sc
THE PERSISTENCE OF POVERTY

Why the Economics of the Well-Off Can’t Help the Poor
Charles Karelis
In this important book, one of our boldest and most original thinkers proposes a new and persuasive explanation
for what keeps people poor and shows how this fresh perspective can reinspire the long-stalled campaign against
poverty.
“The Persistence of Poverty is an original and enlightening book with a startling thesis. Written with verve
and inviting clarity, it will be of interest to philosophers, economists, and public policy planners alike. Its
theoretical arguments and practical proposals are sure to be the subject of debate for years to come.”
—Anthony Kronman, Sterling Professor of Law, Yale Law School
♦ Finalist for the 2007 ForeWord Magazine Book of the Year Award in the Philosophy category
July Current Events
208 pp. 6 b/w line illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
C H A R L E S K A R E L I S is Research Professor of Philosophy at paper 978-0-300-15136-7 $18.00sc
The George Washington University. cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12090-5 $30.00sc
101
Academic Titles
102
Academic
THE BUS KIDS
Ira W. Lit
T he Bus Kids offers a compelling and uniquely detailed examination of the experiences of kindergarten students
in California participating in a voluntary school desegregation program. Ira Lit focuses on the day-to-day school
life of a group of minority children bused from their poor-performing home school district to an affluent neighboring
district with high-performing schools. Through these kindergarteners’ experiences, the book sensitively illuminates the
processes of school transition, socialization, and adaptation and addresses an array of important issues relating to
American education.
Lit acutely observes these “bus kids” and the quality of their social, emotional, cultural, and academic experiences. He
presents a moving picture of the complexity of challenges, often unrecognized by teachers and parents, that each
young student confronts every day.
I R A W. L I T is assistant professor and director, Elementary Teacher February Education/Sociology

Education Program, School of Education, Stanford University, and a for- 224 pp. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
mer elementary school teacher. He lives in Menlo Park, CA. 978-0-300-10579-7 $35.00tx
BORDERLINES IN BORDERLANDS
James Madison and the Spanish-American Frontier, 1776–1821
J. C. A. Stagg
I n examining how the United States gained control over the northern borderlands of Spanish America, this work
reassesses the diplomacy of President James Madison. Historians have assumed Madison’s motive in sending agents
into the Spanish borderlands between 1810 and 1813 was to subvert Spanish rule, but J. C. A. Stagg argues that his real
intent was to find peaceful and legal resolutions to long-standing disputes over the boundaries of Louisiana at a time
when the Spanish-American empire was in the process of dissolution. Drawing on an array of American, British,
French, and Spanish sources, the author describes how a myriad cast of local leaders, officials, and other small players
affected the borderlands diplomacy between the United States and Spain, and he casts new light on Madison’s contri-
bution to early American expansionism.
February History
J . C . A . S TA G G is professor, Department of History, and editor in chief, The 320 pp. 4 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Papers of James Madison, at the University of Virginia. He lives in Charlottesville, VA. 978-0-300-13905-1 $50.00tx
HOW JEWS BECAME GERMANS Now available in paper

The History of Conversion and Assimilation in Berlin
Deborah Hertz
A compelling exploration of the lives of Jewish converts to Christianity in Berlin from 1645 to 1833.
“There is no book more exciting to read than one by an author who believes he or she was born to write it.
. . . [This] is such a book.”—Steven Ozment, Weekly Standard
“A brilliant and sensitive account of Jewish conversion to Christianity in Berlin from the end of the
seventeenth through the middle of the nineteenth century. This is the exemplary work on German-Jewish
relationships for our time and a formative book for the writing of a new narrative history.”
—Sander L. Gilman, author of Jewish Self-Hatred
March History/Jewish Studies
D E B O R A H H E R T Z is Herman Wouk Chair in Modern Jewish Studies, 288 pp. 31 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
University of California at San Diego, and the author of Jewish High paper 978-0-300-15164-0 $24.00tx
cloth (F ’07) 978-0-300-11094-4 $38.00sc
Society in Old Regime Berlin.
103
Academic
THE FAMILIARITY OF STRANGERS
The Sephardic Diaspora, Livorno, and Cross-Cultural Trade in the Early Modern Period
Francesca Trivellato
T aking a new approach to the study of cross-cultural trade, this book blends archival research with historical nar-
rative and economic analysis to understand how the Sephardic Jews of Livorno, Tuscany, traded in regions near
and far in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Francesca Trivellato tests assumptions about ethnic and religious
trading diasporas and networks of exchange and trust. Her extensive research in international archives—including a
vast cache of merchants’ letters written between 1704 and 1746—reveals a more nuanced view of the business rela-
tions between Jews and non-Jews across the Mediterranean, Atlantic Europe, and the Indian Ocean than ever before.
The book argues that cross-cultural trade was predicated on and generated familiarity among strangers, but could coex-
ist easily with religious prejudice. It analyzes instances in which business cooperation among coreligionists and between
strangers relied on language, customary norms, and social networks more than the progressive rise of state and legal
institutions.
April History
F R A N C E S C A T R I V E L L AT O is professor of history at Yale University. She 480 pp. 19 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
lives in Cranston, RI. 978-0-300-13683-8 $50.00tx
IDEOLOGY AND U.S. FOREIGN POLICY

Michael H. Hunt
With a New Afterword by the Author
T his new edition of Michael H. Hunt’s classic reinterpretation of American diplomatic history includes an afterword
that reflects on the personal experience and intellectual agenda behind the writing of the book, surveys the broad
impact of the book’s argument, and addresses the challenges to the thesis since the book’s original publication. In the
wake of 9/11 this interpretation is more pertinent than ever.
Praise for the previous edition:
“Clearly written and historically sound. . . . A subtle critique and analysis.”—Gaddis Smith, Foreign Affairs
“A lean, plain-spoken treatment of a grand subject. . . . A bold piece of criticism and advocacy. . . . The
right focus of the argument may insure its survival as one of the basic postwar critiques of U.S. policy.”
—John W. Dower, Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists
April History/International Affairs

M I C H A E L H . H U N T is Everett H. Emerson Professor of History Emeritus, 288 pp. 32 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. paper 978-0-300-13925-9 $20.00tx
LIFE
Organic Form and Romanticism
Denise Gigante
W hat makes something alive? Or, more to the point, what is life? The question is as old as the ages and has
not been (and may never be) resolved. Life springs from life, and liveliness motivates matter to act the way
it does. Yet vitality in its very unpredictability often appears as a threat. In this intellectually stimulating work, Denise
Gigante looks at how major writers of the Romantic period strove to produce living forms of art on an analogy with
biological form, often finding themselves face to face with a power known as monstrous.
The poets Christopher Smart, William Blake, Percy Bysshe Shelley, and John Keats were all immersed in a culture
obsessed with scientific ideas about vital power and its generation, and they broke with poetic convention in imagin-
ing new forms of “life.” In Life: Organic Form and Romanticism, Gigante offers a way to read ostensibly difficult poet-
ry and reflects on the natural-philosophical idea of organic form and the discipline of literary studies.
D E N I S E G I G A N T E is associate professor of English, Stanford April Literary Studies/History of Science

University, and editor of The Great Age of the English Essay, pub- 320 pp. 5 b/w and 16 color illus. 5 1/2 x 8 1/4
lished by Yale University Press. 978-0-300-13685-2 $40.00tx
104
Academic
THE ANTI-IMPERIAL CHOICE
The Making of the Ukrainian Jew
Yohanan Petrovsky-Shtern
T his book is the first to explore the Jewish contribution to, and integration with, Ukrainian culture. Yohanan
Petrovsky-Shtern focuses on five writers and poets of Jewish descent whose literary activities span the 1880s to
the 1990s. Unlike their East European contemporaries who disparaged the culture of Ukraine as second-rate, stateless,
and colonial, these individuals embraced the Russian- and Soviet-dominated Ukrainian community, incorporating their
Jewish concerns in their Ukrainian-language writings.
The author argues that the marginality of these literati as Jews fuelled their sympathy toward Ukrainians and their
national cause. Providing extensive historical background, biographical detail, and analysis of each writer’s poetry and
prose, Petrovsky-Shtern shows how a Ukrainian-Jewish literary tradition emerged. Along the way, he challenges assump-
tions about modern Jewish acculturation and Ukrainian-Jewish relations.
April
Y O H A N A N P E T R O V S K Y- S H T E R N teaches Jewish history in the History History/Jewish Studies/Soviet Studies
Department and the Crown Family Center for Jewish Studies, Northwestern 384 pp. 29 b/w illus. in gallery
University. He publishes frequently in the areas of East European history and 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
culture and Jewish studies. He lives in Chicago. 978-0-300-13731-6 $65.00tx
THE PSYCHOANALYTIC STUDY OF THE CHILD

Volume 63
Edited by Robert A. King, M.D., Samuel Abrams, M.D., APPLIED PSYCHOANALYSIS
A. Scott Dowling, M.D., and Paul M. Brinich, Ph.D. Susan Scheftel: The Children’s Books of William Steig
ALTERNATIVE PATHWAYS TO PARENTHOOD Richard M. Gottlieb: Maurice Sendak’s Trilogy
Diane Ehrensaft: When Baby Makes Three or Four or More HISTORICAL CONTRIBUTIONS
CONTRIBUTIONS FROM DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY Moshe Halevi Spero: The Civilization of Discontent
Patrick Luyten, Nicole Vliegen, Boudewijn Van Houdenhove, Harold P. Blum: A Further Excavation of Seduction,
and Sidney J. Blatt: Equifinality, Multifinality, and the Seduction Trauma, and the Seduction Theory
Rediscovery of the Importance of Early Experiences STUDY GROUP ON TRANSFORMATIONS IN PSYCHOANALYSIS
Susan P. Sherkow, Lissa Weinstein, Sarah R. Kamens, Matthew Wendy Olesker and Claudia Lament: Conceptualizing
Megyes, Lynn P. Tishman, and Cheryl Williams: Stock-Still Transformations in Child and Adult Psychoanalysis
Behavior
Claudia Lament: Transformation into Adolescence
CLINICAL CONTRIBUTIONS Rona Knight: Blood, Sweat, and Tears—The Effort of
Virginia M. Shiller: Therapeutic Work with a Physically Narrative Change in Psychoanalysis
Abused Preschooler Samuel Abrams: Transformation: Identifying a Specific
Thomas F. Barrett: Manic Defenses against Loneliness in Mode of Change
Adolescence April Psychology
Ruth Sharabany and Etziona Israeli: The Dual Process of 352 pp. 30 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Adolescent Immigration and Relocation 978-0-300-14099-6 $65.00tx
THE ART OF FRENCH PIANO MUSIC

Debussy, Ravel, Fauré, Chabrier
Roy Howat
A n essential resource for scholars and performers, this study by a world-renowned specialist illuminates the piano
music of four major French composers, in comparative and reciprocal context. Howat explores the musical lan-
guage and artistic ethos of this repertoire, juxtaposing structural analysis with editorial and performing issues. He also
relates his four composers historically and stylistically to such predecessors as Chopin, Schumann, Liszt, the French
harpsichord school, and Russian and Spanish music.
Challenging long-held assumptions about performance practice, Howat elucidates the rhythmic vitality and invention
inherent in French music. In granting Fauré and Chabrier equal consideration with Debussy and Ravel, he redresses a
historic imbalance and reshapes our perceptions of this entire musical tradition.
May Music
R O Y H O WAT is a concert pianist, scholar, editor, lecturer, and broadcaster. 384 pp. 3 b/w illus. +
He lives in London and Paris and holds the position of Keyboard Research 308 musical examples 6 1/2 x 9 1/4
Fellow at the Royal Academy of Music, London. 978-0-300-14547-2 $45.00tx
105
Academic
BUGS AND THE VICTORIANS
John F. McDiarmid Clark
I n the wake of the Scientific Revolution, the impulse to name and classify the natural world accelerated, and insects
presented a particularly inviting challenge. This lively book explores how science became increasingly important in
nineteenth-century British culture and how the systematic study of insects permitted entomologists to engage with the
most pressing questions of Victorian times: the nature of God, mind, and governance, and the origins of life.
By placing insects in a myriad of contexts—politics, religion, gender, and empire—John F. McDiarmid Clark demon-
strates the impact of Victorian culture on the science of insects and on the systematic knowledge of the natural world.
Through engaging accounts of famous and eccentric innovators who sought to define social roles for themselves
through a specialist study of insects—among them a Tory clergyman, a banker and member of Parliament, a wealthy
spinster, and an entrepreneurial academic—Clark highlights the role of insects in the making of modern Britain and
maintains that the legacy of Victorian entomologists continues to this day.
May
J O H N F. M C D I A R M I D C L A R K is director, Institute for Environmental History/History of Science/Victorian Studies
History, and lecturer, School of History, University of St. Andrews. He lives 384 pp. 48 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
in the Kingdom of Fife, Scotland. 978-0-300-15091-9 $55.00tx
THE POLITICS OF FOOD SUPPLY

U.S. Agricultural Policy in the World Economy
Bill Winders
Foreword by James Scott
T his book deals with an important and timely issue: the political and economic forces that have shaped agricul-
tural policies in the United States during the past eighty years. It explores the complex interactions of class, mar-
ket, and state as they have affected the formulation and application of agricultural policy decisions since the New Deal,
showing how divisions and coalitions within Southern, Corn Belt, and Wheat Belt agriculture were central to the ebb
and flow of price supports and production controls. In addition, the book highlights the roles played by the world econ-
omy, the civil rights movement, and existing national policy to provide an invaluable analysis of past and recent trends
in supply management policy.
♦ Yale Agrarian Studies Series
May Economics
B I L L W I N D E R S is assistant professor of sociology, the School of History, 304 pp. 18 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
Technology, and Society, Georgia Institute of Technology. He lives in Atlanta. 978-0-300-13924-2 $55.00tx
YALE FRENCH STUDIES, Hexagon and its Geographical TIMOTHY MURRAY

Limits Voyage to the Center of the Virtual
NUMBER 115 SUE HARRIS Universe
New Spaces for French and
Francophile Cinema The Place of Comedy at the French III. Postcolonial Locations:
James Austin and Grace An, Special Editors Box Office in the 21st Century Francophone Film and Algeria
Editors’ Preface: New Spaces for French and II. Representing Space in GUY AUSTIN
Francophone Cinema Cinema and New Media Algeria and Colonial Trauma in
I. French National/Transnational LUDOVIC CORTADE Contemporary French Cinema
Cinema The Spatial Evacuation of Politics: PANIVONG NORINDR
ROGER CELESTIN Landscape, Power, and the Monarch On Filmic Pedagogy and
Conquering Globalized Space? A in Robert Guédiguian’s The Last Performance: Rachid Bouchareb’s
Certain French Cinema Abroad Mitterand Indigènes
GRACE AN JAMES AUSTIN DOMINIC THOMAS
The Future Past of the French Auteur Destroying the banlieue: Re-configu- Africa/France: Contest(ed)ing
CATHERINE PORTUGUES ration of Suburban Space in French Space in the Hexagon
The NewWave of Women Filmmakers Film
MICHEL MARIE MARGARET FLINN
May Language
New Spaces in French Cinema: Off Signs of the Times: Chris Marker’s
224 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
the Beaten Path: The Periphery of the Chats perchés
paper 978-0-300-11822-3 $22.00tx
106
Academic
LAW AND THE CONTRADICTIONS OF
THE DISABILITY RIGHTS MOVEMENT
Samuel R. Bagenstos
T he passage of the Americans with Disabilities Act in 1990 was hailed as revolutionary legislation, but in the ensu-
ing years restrictive Supreme Court decisions have prompted accusations that the Court has betrayed the disabil-
ity rights movement. The ADA can lay claim to notable successes, yet people with disabilities continue to be unem-
ployed at extremely high rates. In this timely book, Samuel R. Bagenstos examines the history of the movement and
discusses the various, often-conflicting projects of diverse participants. He argues that while the courts deserve some
criticism, some may also be fairly aimed at the choices made by prominent disability rights activists as they crafted
and argued for the ADA. The author concludes with an assessment of the limits of antidiscrimination law in integrat-
ing and empowering people with disabilities, and he suggests new policy directions to make these goals a reality.
June Law
S A M U E L R . B A G E N S T O S is professor of law, Washington University 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
School of Law. He lives in St. Louis, MO. 978-0-300-12449-1 $48.00tx
SHANGHAI’S BUND AND BEYOND

British Banks, Banknote Issuance, and Monetary Policy in China, 1842–1937
Niv Horesh
A s China emerges as a global powerhouse, this timely book examines its economic past and the shaping of its
financial institutions. The first comparative study of foreign banking in prewar China, the book surveys the
impact of British overseas bank notes on China’s economy before the outbreak of the Sino-Japanese War in 1937.
Focusing on the two leading British banks in the region, it assesses the favorable and unfavorable effects of the British
presence in China, with particular emphasis on Shanghai, and traces instructive links between the changing political
climate and banknote circulation volumes.
Drawing on recently declassified archival materials, Niv Horesh revises previous assumptions about China’s prewar
economy, including the extent of foreign banknote circulation and the economic significance of the May Thirtieth
Movement of 1925.
♦ Yale Series in Economic and Financial History

June Economics/History
N I V H O R E S H is lecturer, Department of Chinese Studies, University of New 224 pp. 13 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
South Wales, Australia. He lives in Sydney. 978-0-300-14356-0 $48.00tx
JAMES BOSWELL Recently published

The Journal of His German and Swiss Travels, 1764
Edited by Marlies K. Danziger
T his volume, first in the Yale Research Series of Boswell’s journals, covers his emotionally eventful travels as a young
man through the German and Swiss territories. It begins in mid-June 1764 and ends on New Year’s Day 1765,
when he crossed the Alps for the next stages of his European tour in Italy, Corsica, and France. The volume includes
the complete text of Boswell’s diaries and memoranda, as well as a daily record of expenses and his frequently reveal-
ing “Ten Lines a Day” poems. This volume is the Research Series parallel to the 1953 trade series edition, Boswell on
the Grand Tour: Germany and Switzerland, 1764, whose annotation the editor, Marlies K. Danziger, expands, sup-
plements, and, in many instances, corrects.
♦ The Yale Editions of the Private Papers of James Boswell

September Editions
Gordon Turnbull, General Editor 490 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
978-0-300-12360-9 $110.00tx
M A R L I E S K . D A N Z I G E R is Professor Emerita of English, Hunter College For sale in North America, Central America, South
and the Graduate School, City University of New York. America, and the Philippine Republic only.
107
Academic
THE SPANISH FRONTIER IN NORTH AMERICA
The Brief Edition
David J. Weber
T his compact synthesis of David J. Weber’s prize-winning history of

colonial Spanish North America vividly tells the story of Spain’s
three-hundred-year tenure on the continent. From the first Spanish-Indian
contact through Spain’s gradual retreat, Weber offers a balanced assess-
ment of the impact of each civilization upon the other.
Praise for the previous edition: Awards given to The Spanish Frontier
“I cannot imagine a single book giving a more comprehensive and in North America:
balanced study of Spain’s presence in North America.” ♦ Winner of the 1993 Caughey
—Louis Kleber, History Today Western History Association Prize
“For readers seeking to understand the larger meaning of the ♦ Winner of the National Cowboy Hall
Spanish heritage in North America, Weber’s vivid narrative is a of Fame Western Heritage Award.
must. This is social and cultural history at its best.” ♦ Winner of the 1993 “Spain and
—Howard R. Lamar, Yale University America in the Quincentennial of
the Discovery” Award
D AV I D J . W E B E R is Robert and Nancy Dedman Professor of ♦ Winner of the 1993 Carr P. Collins
History and director, Clements Center for Southwest Studies, Southern Award given by the Texas Institute
Methodist University. Spain and Mexico have given him the highest of Letters
awards they bestow on foreigners, and he is a fellow of the American ♦ The Lamar Series in Western History
Academy of Arts and Sciences. His previous books include the award-
winning The Mexican Frontier, 1821–1846 and Bárbaros: Spaniards March History
and Their Savages in the Age of Enlightenment. He lives in Dallas 320 pp. 40 b/w illus. & 16 maps 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
and in Ramah, NM. paper 978-0-300-14068-2 $20.00tx
THE TRIUMPH OF PROVOCATION

Józef Mackiewicz
Translation by Jerzy Hauptmann, S. D. Lukac, and Martin
Dewhirst; Foreword by Jeremy Black; Chronology by
Nina Karsov
T his masterful political treatise, first published in 1962, examines the

history and nature of Communism as it developed in the Soviet Union
and in Poland. Józef Mackiewicz, known for his relentless opposition to
Communism, argues that accommodation with the Communists simply
helped them to impose their vision of the world and pursue their goal of
global domination. He compares Communism to Nazism and insists that
the former was the greater threat to the future of humanity.
Now available in English for the first time, The Triumph of Provocation will
be compelling reading for those interested in Polish history, Communism,
and Nazism. Mackiewicz’s unique interpretation of the differences and sim-
ilarities between Communism and Nazism is highly relevant to debates
about these two systems and to major contemporary issues which are of
particular importance to the U.S. and Europe, including radical Islam and
the necessity of war and the responsibility for war.
J Ó Z E F M A C K I E W I C Z (1902–1985) was an eminent Polish writer of

fiction and nonfiction. The late J E R Z Y H A U P T M A N N was professor
emeritus of political science and public administration at Park University.
July History/Soviet History
S . D . L U K A C is a retired translator living in the U.S. M A R T I N D E W H I R S T 256 pp. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
is honorary research fellow, Department of Slavonic Studies, University of Glasgow. 978-0-300-14569-4 $48.00tx
108
Academic
TRAME
A Contemporary Italian Reader
Edited by Cristina Abbona-Sneider, Antonello Borra, and Cristina Pausini
T rame: A Contemporary Italian Reader brings together short stories, poems, interviews, and other works by 33
renowned authors. The readings cover familiar themes—youth, family, immigration, politics, women’s voices,
identity—from the fresh perspective of a new generation of Italian writers. By presenting a rich array of materials and
many points of view, Trame highlights the cultural complexity of contemporary Italy.
Each text is accompanied by a diverse selection of activities and exercises that help students read authentic texts and
build their language skills. These include pre-reading activities that introduce important themes, vocabulary lists with
definitions in Italian, writing exercises, and post-reading activities in discussion and analysis.
With its range of readings and exercises, Trame is designed to be easily adaptable to instructors’ different needs and
class levels. It is ideally suited to high-intermediate and advanced Italian language and culture courses.
C R I S T I N A A B B O N A - S N E I D E R is lecturer and director of Italian Language March Language

Studies at Brown University. ANTONELLO BORRA is associate professor of Italian 288 pp. 7 x 10
at University of Vermont. CRISTINA PAUSINI is lecturer at Wellesley College. paper 978-0-300-12495-8 $38.00tx
ARABIC SECOND LANGUAGE ACQUISITION OF MORPHOSYNTAX

Mohammad T. Alhawary
W hile the demand for Arabic classes and preparation programs for Arabic language teachers has increased,
there is a notable gap in the field of linguistic research on learning Arabic as a second language. This book
presents a data-driven and systematic analysis of Arabic language acquisition that responds to this growing need.
Based on large data samples collected from longitudinal and cross-sectional studies, it explores a broad range of struc-
tures and acquisition issues. It also introduces new and comprehensive research, and it documents the successes and
problems that native speakers of other languages, including English, Spanish, French, and Japanese, are likely to
encounter in learning Arabic.
By integrating previously published findings with new research, the author has created a unified and streamlined
resource for teachers, teachers-in-training, linguists, Arabic textbook authors, and second-language acquisition experts.
M O H A M M A D T. A L H AWA R Y is associate professor and ConocoPhillips May Language

Professor of Arabic Language, Literature, and Culture at the University of 224 pp. 7 x 10
Oklahoma. paper 978-0-300-14129-0 $45.00tx
AHLAN WA SAHLAN: FUNCTIONAL MODERN STANDARD ARABIC

FOR BEGINNERS Second Edition
Mahdi Alosh; Revised with Allen Clark
T he new edition of this widely used text covers the first year of instruction in Modern Standard Arabic. It will teach
students to read, speak, and write Arabic, while presenting an engaging story that involves Adnan, a Syrian
student studying in the United States, and Michael, an American student studying in Cairo. In diaries, letters, and post-
cards, the two students describe their thoughts and activities, revealing how a non-American views American culture
and how the Arabic culture is experienced by an American student. This new April Language
edition features a DVD video, filmed in Syria; expanded communicative activi- 672 pp. 396 color & 47 b/w illus.
8 1/2 x 10 7/8
ties; an updated audio program; and material designed according to proficiency
Hardcover with DVD and CD
principles. 978-0-300-12272-5 $69.95tx
Sound and Script Workbook:
M A H D I A L O S H is associate dean for international affairs at the United 176 pp 152 b/w illus.
States Military Academy. A L L E N C L A R K is an Arabic instructor and the 8 1/2 x 10 7/8
director of the Arabic program at the University of Mississippi. paper 978-0-300-14048-4 $29.95tx
109
Academic
CONTORNOS DEL HABLA
Fonología y Fonética del Español
Denise Cloonan Cortez de Andersen
C ontornos del Habla is designed to introduce students of

diverse backgrounds and different levels of language ability to
Spanish phonetics and phonology. Written completely in Spanish, it
provides clear and engaging explanations of important linguistic
concepts, from the more basic to the more challenging.
Contornos del Habla includes several unique features:

♦ New concepts are recycled throughout the book to help
students synthesize information and develop critical thinking
skills.
♦ Many exercises use realia to engage students in real-life
activities and to represent the diversity of the Spanish language.
♦ The early chapters provide essential background knowledge on
the history of the Spanish language and how it evolved from
Latin, which gives students the proper context for studying
current dialectal change.
July Language
D E N I S E C L O O N A N C O R T E Z D E A N D E R S E N is associ- 384 pp. 32 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 9 1/4
ate professor of Spanish at Northeastern Illinois University. paper 978-0-300-14130-6 $79.95tx
VICTOR HUGO ON THINGS

THAT MATTER
A Reader
Edited by Marva A. Barnett
V ictor Hugo on Things That Matter gives English speakers the

social, historical, cultural, and biographical context that is
essential for enjoying the writing and art of this genius of nineteenth-
century France. Unlike other Hugo anthologies, Victor Hugo on Things
That Matter offers introductions and notes in English and includes
twenty-five of Hugo’s watercolors and drawings. Readers will find key
Hugo texts in the original French, along with the following supple-
mental information in English:
♦ an overview of Hugo’s importance and his private and public
personas;
♦ introductions to each chapter;
♦ historical and cultural explanatory notes;
♦ a time line of Hugo’s life and work;
♦ suggestions for further reading.
July Language
M A R VA B A R N E T T is professor at the University of Virginia,
416 pp. 26 b/w illus. 6 1/8 x 9 1/4
where she also serves as director of the Teaching Resource Center. paper 978-0-300-12245-9 $45.00tx
110
Academic
HERITAGES FRANCOPHONES
Enquetes culturelles
Jean-Claude Redonnet, Ronald St. Onge,
Susan St. Onge, and Julianna Neilsen
A n innovative program of cultural readings designed for college

French classes at the upper-intermediate level and beyond,
Héritages francophones is an introduction to several living Francophone
♦ Héritages francophones was grant-
ed the official patronage of the
Académie française in 2007.
cultures in the United States. The communities that are introduced
include the descendants of the Acadians in the St. John Valley of Maine;
the Haitian community of Miami; and immigrant peoples from Africa,
Asia, and Europe. The focus then widens to the countries or areas of ori-
gin of these various groups. This emphasis on the diversity of interre-
lated Francophone issues shows students that French is indeed an
international language, with relevance to their own world.
J E A N - C L A U D E R E D O N N E T is professor emeritus and director

of research in post-colonial studies at the Université de Paris-Sorbonne,
and he served as the director of the Middlebury College French
School from 1998–2003. R O N A L D S T. O N G E is professor of
French and chair of the Department of Modern Languages and
Literatures at the College of William and Mary. S U S A N S T.
O N G E is Distinguished Professor of French and former chair of the
Department of Modern and Classical Languages at Christopher March Language
Newport University. J U L I A N N A N I E L S E N is the Managing Editor 336 pp. 70 color illus. 8 x 10
of Sloane Intercultural. 978-0-300-12545-0 $65.00tx
¡A SU SALUD!
Spanish for Health Professionals,
Classroom Edition
Christine E. Cotton, Elizabeth Ely Tolman, and
Julia Cardona Mack
Revised by Elizabeth Bruno
A! Su Salud!: Spanish for Health Professionals, Classroom

Edition is an intermediate-level Spanish language program
designed for students and practicing health-care professionals.
Learners work with vocabulary and grammar within the context of a
telenovela called La comunidad, which features authentic Spanish
spoken by native speakers with a variety of accents.
This revised edition of the original multimedia package is ideal for

classroom use. It includes a text and DVD with dozens of dramatic
video clips related to exercises in the book.
May Langauge
448 pp. 109 b/w illus. 8 1/2 x 11
Paper with DVD 978-0-300-11966-4 $55.00tx
111
Academic
Art & Architecture
113
Art & Architecture
YA L E C E N T E R F O R B R I T I S H A R T
ENDLESS FORMS
Charles Darwin, Natural Science, and the
Visual Arts
Edited by Diana Donald and Jane Munro
A gorgeously illustrated book that is the first to

explore the impact of Darwin’s ideas about man
and nature on 19th-century visual arts
C harles Darwin’s revolutionary theories of evolution

and natural selection have not only had a pro-
found influence on the fields of biology and natural histo-
ry, but also provided fertile territory for the creative imag-
ination. This lavishly illustrated book accompanies an
exhibition organized by the Fitzwilliam Museum,
University of Cambridge, in association with the Yale Exhibition schedule:
Center for British Art, which will coincide with the global ♦ Yale Center for British Art
celebration of the bicentenary of Darwin’s birth and the (2/12/09 – 5/3/09)
150th anniversary of the publication of On the Origin of ♦ Fitzwilliam Museum
Species by Means of Natural Selection (1859). (6/16/09 – 10/4/09)
Published in association with the Fitzwilliam

The essays in this exceptionally wide-ranging book exam- Museum, Cambridge, and the Yale Center for
ine both the profound impact that Darwin’s ideas had on British Art
European and American artists and the ways in which his
theories were influenced by the visual traditions he inher- ♦ Publication coincides with Darwin’s 200th
birthday on February 12, 2009, and the
ited. In works by artists as diverse as Church, Landseer,
150th anniversary of the publication of the
Liljefors, Heade, Redon, Cézanne, Lear, Tissot, Rossetti, controversial masterpiece On the Origin of
and Monet, from imaginative projections of prehistory to Species.
troubled evocations of a life dominated by the struggle for
existence, Darwin’s sense of the interplay of all living ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
things and his response to the beauties of the natural The Young Charles Darwin
world proved inspirational. Influences and Ideas
KEITH THOMSON
(see page 9)
D I A N A D O N A L D is the former Head of the Department of

History of Art and Design at Manchester Metropolitan University. February Natural History/Art
J A N E M U N R O is Senior Assistant Keeper of Paintings, 288 pp. 100 b/w + 150 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12
Drawings, and Prints at the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge. 978-0-300-14826-8 $75.00
114
Art & Architecture
T H E M E T R O P O L I TA N M U S E U M O F A R T
PIERRE BONNARD
The Late Still Lifes and Interiors
Dita Amory
With contributions from Rika Burnham, Jack Flam,
Rémi Labrusse, and Jacqueline Munck
A beautiful look at Bonnard’s late interior

and still-life imagery, considered among his
finest work
W orking in his villa in the south of France,

Pierre Bonnard (1867–1947) suffused his late
canvases with radiant Mediterranean light and dazzling
color. Although his subjects were close at hand—usually
everyday domestic scenes—Bonnard rarely painted from
life. Instead, he made pencil sketches in diaries and relied
on these, along with his memory, as he executed the Exhibition schedule:
works in his studio. These interiors thus often conflate ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
details from the artist’s daily life with fleeting, mysterious (1/27/09 – 4/19/09)
evocations of his past. The spectral figures who appear at Published in association with
the margins of the canvases, overshadowed by brilliantly The Metropolitan Museum of Art
colored baskets of fruit or other props, create an atmos-
phere of profound ambiguity and puzzling abstraction: the
mundane rendered in a wholly new pictorial language.
The 75 paintings, drawings, and watercolors in this vol-

ume, some rarely seen treasures from private collections,
all made between 1923 and 1947, are central to the ongo-
ing reappraisal of Bonnard as a leading figure of French
modernism.
February Art
D I TA A M O R Y is Associate Curator, Robert Lehman 200 pp. 75 b/w + 125 color illus. 9 x 12
Collection, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. 978-0-300-14889-3 $50.00
115
Art & Architecture
T H E A RT I N S T I T U T E O F C H I CAG O
BECOMING EDVARD MUNCH

Influence, Anxiety, and Myth
Jay A. Clarke
A compelling, revisionist approach to Edvard

Munch that explores his work and persona in
relation to the art and criticism of his time
T wo potent myths have traditionally defined our

understanding of the artist Edvard Munch
(1862–1944): he was mentally unstable, as his iconic work
The Scream (1893) suggests, and he was radically inde-
pendent, following his own singular vision. Becoming
Edvard Munch: Influence, Anxiety, and Myth persuasively
challenges these entrenched perceptions. Exhibition schedule:
♦ The Art Institute of Chicago
In this book, Jay A. Clarke demonstrates that Munch was (2/14/09 – 4/26/09)
thoroughly in control of his artistic identity, a savvy busi-
nessman skilled in responding to the market and shap-
ing popular opinion. Moreover, the author shows that
Munch was keenly aware of the art world of his day,
adopting motifs, styles, and techniques from a wide vari-
ety of sources, including many Scandinavian artists. By
presenting Munch’s paintings, prints, and drawings in
relation to those of European contemporaries, including
Harriet Backer, James Ensor, Vincent van Gogh, Max
Klinger, Christian Krohg, and Claude Monet, Clarke
reveals often surprising connections and influences. This
interpretive approach, grounded in Munch’s diaries and
letters, period criticism, and the artworks themselves,
reintroduces Munch as an artist who cultivated myths
both visual and personal.
Becoming Edvard Munch features beautiful color reproduc-

tions of approximately 150 works, including 75 paintings
and 75 works on paper by Munch and his peers.
February Art
J AY A . C L A R K E is Associate Curator of Prints and Drawings 232 pp. 50 b/w + 170 color illus. 9 x 12
at the Art Institute of Chicago. 978-0-300-11950-3 $50.00
116
Art & Architecture
P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT
CÉZANNE + BEYOND
Edited by Joseph J. Rishel and Katherine Sachs
With contributions by Roberta Bernstein, Yve-Alain Bois,
Jean-François Chevrier, John Elderfield, John Golding,
Christopher Green, Jennie Hirsh, Joop Joosten, Anabelle Kienle,
Albert Kostenevich, Carolyn Lanchner, Mark D. Mitchell,
Joseph J. Rishel, Katherine Sachs, Richard Shiff, Robert Storr,
and Michael R. Taylor
A stunning look at Cézanne’s relationship to

modern artists ranging from Pablo Picasso and
Henri Matisse to Jasper Johns and Ellsworth Kelly
T he famous proclamation that Cézanne “is the father

of us all” has been attributed to both Matisse and
Picasso, and his influence has extended to a great diversity
of artists thereafter. In this monumental book, a team of dis-
tinguished scholars offers the most comprehensive view to Exhibition schedule:
date on Cézanne’s vital role in shaping European and ♦ Philadelphia Museum of Art
American art throughout the 20th century and into the 21st. (2/26/09 – 5/17/09)
Published in association with

More than forty paintings and ten works on paper by the Philadelphia Museum of Art
Cézanne—many of his best-known and most admired—are
juxtaposed throughout the catalogue with approximately
120 works by a range of modern and contemporary artists
who found in Cézanne a central inspiration. They include
Max Beckmann, Georges Braque, Charles Demuth, Alberto
Giacometti, Arshile Gorky, Marsden Hartley, Fernand Léger,
Brice Marden, Piet Mondrian, Giorgio Morandi, Liubov
Popova, and Jeff Wall, as well as Picasso, Matisse, Johns, and
Kelly. The essays offer insights into the “conversation”
between Cézanne and each of these other artists, who stand
on a par with his greatness. Among its many features, this
book contains conceptual overviews by Richard Shiff and
Robert Storr as well as an illustrated chronology.
J O S E P H J . R I S H E L is the Gisela and Dennis Alter Senior

Curator of European Painting before 1900 and Senior Curator
of the John G. Johnson Collection and the Rodin Museum,
Philadelphia Museum of Art. He is the co-editor of The Arts in
Latin America, 1492–1820. K AT H E R I N E S A C H S is an February Art
550 pp. 50 b/w + 400 color illus. 9 3/4 x 13
Adjunct Curator in the Department of European Painting before
978-0-300-14106-1 $65.00
1900, Philadelphia Museum of Art.
117
Art & Architecture
T H E M U S E U M O F F I N E A RTS , H O U S TO N
ARTS OF ANCIENT VIET NAM

From River Plain to Open Sea
Nancy Tingley
With Andreas Reinecke, Pierre-Yves Manguin,
Kerry Nguyen-Long, and Nguyen Dinh Chien
An unprecedented survey of ancient and

traditional Vietnamese art
O nce a strategic trading post that channeled the

flow of riches and ideas among countries situat-
ed along the South China Sea and places as far away as
India and Rome, Viet Nam has a fascinating history and an
artistic heritage to match it. This lavishly produced cata-
logue will help introduce English-speaking audiences to
Viet Nam’s amazing body of artwork, ranging from the Exhibition schedule:
first millennium B.C. to the 18th century. ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(9/13/09 – 1/3/10)
The authors begin by discussing, for example, the elegant
♦ Asia Society Museum, New York
burial jars, iron axes, bronze artifacts, and jewelry of the
(2/10 – 5/10)
early Sa Huynh culture; the bronze ritual drums of the
Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Dong Son; and the jeweled gold pieces, excavated from
Houston, and Asia Society Museum
the walled center of Oc Eo in the kingdom of Fu Nan. New
scholarship investigates the trade in gold and Chinese
ceramics between Cham and the Philippine kingdom of
Butuan. The final section is devoted to art from Hoi An,
once a major international port. Of note are the ceramic
wares produced in northern and central Viet Nam from
the 16th to 18th century.
March Art
N A N C Y T I N G L E Y is an independent scholar who previously 368 pp. 252 color illus. + 3 maps
served as Wattis Curator of Southeast Asian Art at the Asian Art 7 1/2 x 11 1/2
Museum of San Francisco. paper over board 978-0-300-14696-7 $60.00
118
Art & Architecture
GOD’S ARCHITECT
Pugin and the Building of Romantic Britain
Rosemary Hill
The acclaimed biography of one of the

19th century’s most important architects
A ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852)

was one of Britain’s greatest architects, and his
short career one of the most dramatic in architectural his-
tory. Born in 1812, the son of a French draftsman, at fif-
teen Pugin was working for King George IV at Windsor
Castle. By the time he was twenty-one he had been ship-
wrecked, bankrupted, and widowed. Nineteen years later
he died, insane and disillusioned, having changed the face “A magnificent biography, as
and the mind of British architecture in works as revered as sumptuous and intricate as any-
thing Pugin built. . . . A properly
the House of Lords and the clock tower at Westminster,
glorious monument.”
known as Big Ben. —John Carey, Sunday Times, London
God’s Architect is the first modern biography of this “This is surely the best biography
of a British architect yet written:
extraordinary figure. Rosemary Hill draws upon thousands
an enthralling book.”
of unpublished letters and drawings to re-create Pugin’s —Stephen Bayley, Observer
life and work as architect, propagandist, and Gothic
designer, as well as the turbulent story of his three mar-
riages, the bitterness of his last years, and his sudden ♦ Winner of the 2007 Wolfson Prize
for History and the James Tait Black
death at forty. It is the work of an exceptional historian
Memorial Prize for Biography
and biographer.
February Biography/Architecture/History
656 pp. 32 b/w + 31 color illus. 6 x 9 1/4
R O S E M A R Y H I L L is a writer and historian, and has published 978-0-300-15161-9 $45.00
widely on 19th- and 20th-century cultural history. For sale in the U.S., its dependencies, and the Philippines only
119
Art & Architecture
PHILIP JOHNSON
The Constancy of Change
Edited by Emmanuel Petit
Foreword by Robert A. M. Stern
Essays by Beatriz Colomina, Peter Eisenman, Kurt W. Forster,
Mark Jarzombek, Charles Jencks, Phyllis Lambert, Reinhold
Martin, Detlef Mertins, Joan Ockman, Terence Riley, Vincent
Scully, Michael Sorkin, Kazys Varnelis, Stanislaus von Moos,
Ujjval Vyas, and Mark Wigley
The first comprehensive examination of the

fascinating career of Philip Johnson since
his death
W itty, wealthy, and well connected, the archi-

tect Philip Johnson was for years the most
powerful figure in the cultural politics of his profession. As
“Philip Johnson was the most
emblematic of modern men, the
most Protean of figures, always
the Museum of Modern Art’s founding architecture curator changing, and living almost a
hundred years, brilliant, elusive,
in the early 1930s, he helped establish modernism in the
ambiguous to the last. A true work
United States; as the architect of New York’s AT&T build- of modern art himself.”
ing—the “Chippendale skyscraper”—he gave postmod- —Vincent Scully
ernism commercial viability on a large scale during the
1980s.
In this book, sixteen eminent voices in the architectural

establishment present their ideas on Johnson, focusing on
both his eclectic design approach and his vivid intellect.
Among the topics covered are Johnson’s wide-ranging
knowledge of art history, his endorsement of different ver-
sions of architectural modernism, his use of rhetoric and
the mass media, his social persona, and his politics of
patronage.
Owing perhaps to the control he exerted over critiques of

his work, few scholarly treatments of Johnson exist. This
“unauthorized” account, the first in-depth study to follow
his death, constitutes a milestone in the analysis of one of
America’s most renowned architects.
E M M A N U E L P E T I T is assistant professor at the Yale School February Architecture

288 pp. 163 b/w + 53 color illus. 8 3/4 x 10 1/2
of Architecture.
978-0-300-12181-0 $60.00
120
Art & Architecture
BACKSTAGE PASS
Rock & Roll Photography
Preface by Greil Marcus
Glenn O’Brien, Anne Wilkes Tucker, and
Laura Levine
Contributions by Thomas Andrew Denenberg and Kate Simon
Captivating, candid off-stage photographs of

rock & roll superstars by the most talented
photographers of the era
T his striking collection of photographs features near-

ly every important figure in the world of rock &
roll, from Elvis to Eric Clapton, the Beatles to Bob Dylan,
Jimi Hendrix to John Coltrane. Many of the nearly one
hundred images have rarely been published, and all reveal
fascinating glimpses of celebrities off stage, away from the
glare of the spotlights. Shot from the mid-fifties to the mid- Exhibition schedule:
nineties, the portraits often have a spontaneous, informal, ♦ Portland Museum of Art, Maine
and everyday feel, and most record their subjects before (1/20/09 – 3/22/09)
they had become immensely famous—and well practiced Published in association with
in posing for photographs. The more than fifty photogra- the Portland Museum of Art
phers who contribute to the volume are among the most
talented in their field, including Lee Friedlander, Lynn
Goldsmith, Bob Gruen, Mick Rock, and many more.
Three original essays address topics suggested by the

photographs. The authors discuss the coded nature of
celebrity portraiture, the 1970s music scene in New York
City, the frank sexuality of rock musicians, and how the
Beatles’ look evolved over time. This book will be treas-
ured not only by fans of rock & roll music and admirers
of photographic portraits, but also by those who remem-
ber the vanished time when photographers had genuine
access to performers, and were a crucial element in the
worlds they were documenting.
G L E N N O ’ B R I E N is editorial director of Brandt Publications.

A N N E W I L K E S T U C K E R is Gus and Lyndall Wortham Curator
of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. L A U R A
L E V I N E is a photographer whose work has appeared in Rolling
Stone. T H O M A S A N D R E W D E N E N B E R G is Acting
Director and Chief Curator at the Portland Museum of Art. K AT E February Photography/Performing Arts
S I M O N is a photographer whose work has appeared in publi- 128 pp. 63 b/w + 27 color illus.
cations around the world. G R E I L M A R C U S is an author, music 9 3/4 x 11
journalist, and cultural critic. Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15163-3 $29.95
121
Art & Architecture
GERHARD RICHTER PORTRAITS
Painting Appearances
Paul Moorhouse
A remarkable new overview of the iconic artist’s

portraits, dating from the 1960s to the present day
“A ppearance, semblance is the theme of my life.”

This statement by Gerhard Richter (b. 1932) sug-
gests the importance of portraiture to his career. One of
the greatest artists working today, Richter has been inten-
sively engaged with portraiture since 1962. His portraits
invite critical consideration of both portraiture and paint-
ing; they include images of specific people—whether
sensational subjects of people in the media, icons of the
popular imagination, or close friends and relatives.
However, all are transformed when Richter puts them
onto canvas, for they often become anonymous in the
process or become significant simply for being included.
Richter’s investigation into how we understand what sur-
rounds us is at the heart of all his work.
In this large-scale book—ideal for Richter’s portraits—Paul

Moorhouse offers a major advance in the understanding
and appreciation of the renowned artist’s work. With keen
insight, Moorhouse studies the portraits in close detail, ♦ ALSO BY PAUL MOORHOUSE:
examining the sophisticated ways in which Richter has Pop Art Portraits
978-0-300-13588-6 $55.00
challenged and extended the genre of portraiture and For sale in North America only
revealing the startling range of the artist’s source material.
Featuring never-before-published images, this book clearly

eclipses any previous publication on Richter’s portraiture.
March Art
176 pp. 100 color illus. 9 7/8 x 13 3/8
PA U L M O O R H O U S E is Twentieth-Century Curator at the 978-0-300-15159-6 $60.00
National Portrait Gallery, London. For sale in North America only
122
Art & Architecture
WILLIAM KENTRIDGE
Five Themes
Edited by Mark Rosenthal
With essays by Carolyn Christov-Bakargiev and
Rudolf Frieling and an interview by Michael Auping
A major new retrospective of the influential

and innovative artist’s career, including an
illuminating DVD of his film projects
W ith a searing body of work ranging from draw-

ings and films to prints, tapestries, and sculp-
tures, William Kentridge (b. 1955) has offered a fresh and
distinctive glimpse of the daily lives of South Africans—
both during the apartheid regime and after its collapse. This
extraordinary catalogue, produced in close collaboration
with the artist, investigates the five primary themes that
have engaged Kentridge over the course of his career:
Exhibition schedule:
♦ Soho and Felix: works featuring Kentridge’s best-known ♦ San Francisco Museum of Modern Art
characters, the businessman Soho Eckstein and his (3/14/09 – 5/31/09)
alter ego, the anxiety-ridden Felix Teitlebaum. ♦ Modern Art Museum of Fort Worth, Texas
(7/11/09 – 9/27/09)
♦ Ubu and the Procession: inspired by Ubu Roi, these
projects reflect the excitement, conflict, and rapid social ♦ Norton Museum of Art, West Palm Beach,
changes in post-apartheid South Africa. Florida
(11/7/09 – 1/24/10)
♦ Artist in the Studio: an examination of Kentridge’s
practice and his emergence as an installation artist. ♦ Museum of Modern Art, New York
(3/7/10 – 5/24/10)
♦ The Magic Flute: work related to the artist’s set designs
♦ Additional European venues to be
for Mozart’s opera.
announced
♦ The Nose: Kentridge’s most recent production,
Published in association with the
including work inspired by his staging of the
San Francisco Museum of Modern Art
Shostakovich opera for New York’s Metropolitan and the Norton Museum of Art
Opera in spring 2010.
Kentridge has created a DVD especially for this publication;
it includes fragments from significant film projects (both
known and newly completed) as well as commentary that
sheds further light on the artist’s work.
M A R K R O S E N T H A L is adjunct curator of contemporary art at

the Norton Museum of Art in West Palm Beach, Florida. Among March Art
his many publications are Joseph Beuys: Actions, Vitrines, 240 pp. 160 color illus. 9 1/2 x 10 1/8
Environments and The Surreal Calder, both published by Yale. Hardcover with DVD 978-0-300-15048-3 $50.00
123
Art & Architecture
N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y L O N D O N
PICASSO
Challenging the Past
Elizabeth Cowling, Susan Grace Galassi,
Christopher Riopelle, and Anne Robbins
How the past masters of European painting

fired the imagination of Picasso, the supreme
Modernist master
F rom his earliest years Pablo Picasso was a passionate

student of the European painting tradition. He was
naturally drawn to the Spanish masters Velázquez and
Goya, but such figures as Rembrandt, Delacroix, Ingres,
Manet, and Cézanne were also important artistic heroes.
Picasso repeatedly pitted himself against these masters,
taking up their signature themes, techniques, and artistic Exhibition schedule:
concerns in audacious paintings of his own. Sometimes ♦ National Gallery, London
his “quotations” were direct, other times highly allusive. (opens 2/25/09)
Always Picasso made the implicit case that it was he in the Published by National Gallery Company/
20th century who most forcefully reinvigorated the Distributed by Yale University Press
European tradition.
Liberally illustrated with 150 full-color plates of works by

Picasso and those who inspired him, the book showcases
the technical dexterity, independence, and vitality of
Picasso’s creative processes as he daringly transformed
the art of the past into, as he described it, “something else
entirely.”
E L I Z A B E T H C O W L I N G is Professor Emeritus of History of Art

at Edinburgh University. Her publications include Picasso: Style and
Meaning and Degas/Picasso (distributed by Yale). S U S A N
G R A C E G A L A S S I is senior curator at the Frick Collection, New
York. She is the author of Picasso’s Variations on the Masters.
C H R I S T O P H E R R I O P E L L E is curator of post-1800 painting at
the National Gallery, London. He is co-author of Renoir Landscapes: March Art
1865–1883 (distributed by Yale), among many other books. 172 pp. 150 color illus. 8 2/3 x 10 2/3
978-1-85709-452-7 $40.00
A N N E R O B B I N S is assistant curator of post-1800 painting at
the National Gallery, London, and the author of Cézanne in Britain
DVD (approx. 30 minutes)
(distributed by Yale). 978-1-85709-454-1 $28.00
124
Art & Architecture
JOHN SINGER SARGENT
Venetian Figures and Landscapes,
1898–1913
Complete Paintings: Volume VI
Richard Ormond and Elaine Kilmurray
Sargent’s entrancing Venetian oils and

watercolors are displayed and discussed in
this gorgeous book
T hroughout his career—and particularly in the

period from 1898 to 1913—John Singer Sargent
painted the spectacular architecture and scenes of every- Published in association with the Paul Mellon
day life in Venice, as he sat alongside the Grand Canal or Centre for Studies in British Art
in a gondola in the sleepy side canals. This lavishly illus-
trated book presents all the luminous masterworks that ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
Sargent completed during that fertile fifteen-year period: John Singer Sargent
oils and watercolors that reveal his taste for the The Early Portraits; Complete Paintings: Volume I
RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
Renaissance, Baroque, and high style in art and architec- 978-0-300-07245-7 $75.00
ture as they were seen in the city’s unique light. John Singer Sargent
Portraits of the 1890s; Complete Paintings: Volume II
The book reproduces and documents 141 works, includ- RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
978-0-300-09067-3 $75.00
ing several that are published for the first time. An author-
John Singer Sargent
itative essay explores the aesthetics of Sargent’s Venetian The Later Portraits; Complete Paintings: Volume III
work, places it in the context of his oeuvre as a whole, RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
978-0-300-09806-8 $75.00
explains Sargent’s relationships with his patrons in Venice,
John Singer Sargent
and discusses the exhibitions and marketing of this work Figures and Landscapes, 1874–1882; Complete
in London and New York. The book also provides a map Paintings: Volume IV
RICHARD ORMOND and ELAINE KILMURRAY
of Venice marking every known location that Sargent 978-0-300-11716-5 $75.00
painted and displays dozens of contemporary color pho-
tographs of the sites.
R I C H A R D O R M O N D is a Sargent scholar and independent

art historian. He is a great-nephew of John Singer Sargent.
E L A I N E K I L M U R R AY is coauthor and research director of March Art
the John Singer Sargent catalogue raisonné project, of which this 272 pp. 18 b/w + 256 color illus. 9 3/4 x 12
is the sixth volume. 978-0-300-14140-5 $75.00
125
Art & Architecture
GILBERT ROHDE
Modern Design for Modern Living
Phyllis Ross
A comprehensive exploration of the designer

who transformed American furniture by
bringing modernism to the middle class
F ew designers did more to influence the appearance

of postwar American interiors than the furniture
designer Gilbert Rohde (1894–1944). This first in-depth
book on Rohde explores how he brought an industrial
design perspective to the furniture industry and, in the “A quantum leap over anything that has
been previously published on this
process, introduced modernism to a broad range of
seminal figure that makes a significant
Americans, especially through his modular furnishings. contribution to the study of American
design of the period.”
By tracing his career at the Herman Miller Furniture —Christopher Long, University of Texas at Austin
Company, where Rohde was a designer in the 1930s and
1940s, Phyllis Ross places his work in a broad cultural and
economic context. The book shows how Rohde’s focus on
comfort, informality, multifunctionality, and flexibility
transposed European design antecedents into furnishings
suitable for American lifestyles. A champion of modular
components, he experimented with new industrial mate-
rials, including Plexiglas, and produced furniture with bio-
morphic forms. Not only did Rohde introduce modern
designs, but he also devised a complete merchandising
strategy for their promotion.
Today Rohde’s furniture and decorative designs are cov-

eted by collectors. The story of his career rounds out
our understanding of his fascinating contributions to
American culture.
March Design/Decorative Arts

P H Y L L I S R O S S is an independent scholar specializing in 388 pp. 144 b/w + 46 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
20th-century design. 978-0-300-12064-6 $60.00
126
Art & Architecture
WILLIAM MERRITT CHASE
Landscapes in Oil
Ronald G. Pisano
Completed by Carolyn K. Lane
With a chronology by D. Frederick Baker
A beautiful exploration of Chase’s beloved

park scenes, landscapes, and seascapes
A
dmired for finding beauty in everyday surround-
ings, William Merritt Chase (1849–1916) brought an
autobiographical element to his work, earning him a
unique place in late-19th-century American art history.
This book, the third of four volumes to document the com-
plete works of Chase, traces his career as a landscape
painter.
Following Chase’s training in Munich in the 1870s and his

many trips to Spain in the early 1880s, his works became Published in association with the
Pisano/Chase Catalogue Raisonné
light filled and colorful. These paintings anticipate Chase’s Project
well-known park scenes of the 1880s painted in Brooklyn
and New York and his 1890s works depicting the hills and
shoreline adjacent to his home in Shinnecock Hills, Long
Island, now recognized as being among the most impor-
tant examples of American Impressionism. This book ♦ ALSO AVAILABLE:
presents all of his known landscapes painted in oil, which William Merritt Chase
include many of his best-loved works, in beautiful repro- The Paintings in Pastel, Monotypes, Painted Tiles
and Ceramic Plates, Watercolors, and Prints
duction, accompanied by the most current and thorough RONALD G. PISANO
documentation on them. Completed by D. FREDERICK BAKER
With an essay by MARJORIE SHELLEY
978-0-300-10996-2 $55.00
William Merritt Chase

Portraits in Oil
RONALD G. PISANO
Completed by CAROLYN K. LANE and
D. FREDERICK BAKER
978-0-300-11021-0 $75.00
R O N A L D G . P I S A N O , who was curator of the Heckscher

Museum of Art and director of the Parrish Art Museum, researched
and prepared the complete catalogue of Chase’s work for over
thirty years before his untimely death in 2000. C A R O LY N K .
L A N E is a Ph.D. candidate in American art at the Graduate Center April Art
of the City University of New York. D . F R E D E R I C K B A K E R is a 192 pp. 49 b/w + 209 color illus. 9 1/2 x 12
director of the Pisano/Chase Catalogue Raisonné Project. 978-0-300-11020-3 $65.00
127
Art & Architecture
PIONEERS OF CONTEMPORARY GLASS
Highlights from the Barbara and Dennis DuBois
Collection
Cindi Strauss
With Rebecca Elliot and Susie Silbert
F rom small objects to large-scale sculptures, glass is an art form of cap-

tivating beauty, fragility, and diversity. This book features outstanding
contemporary works in glass from the Barbara and Dennis DuBois
Collection in Dallas, Texas.
The catalogue examines the pioneering contributions of such interna-

tional master artists as Dale Chihuly, Dan Dailey, Stanislav Libensky and
Jaroslava Brychtova, Harvey Littleton, William Morris, Tom Patti, Marc
Harvey Littleton, Mobile Arc from the Descending Arc
Peiser, Lino Tagliapietra, Oiva Toikka, Frantisek Vizner, and Toots Zynsky. Series, 1989. Glass
In addition to color reproductions of their works, the book includes an
introductory essay by Cindi Strauss and individual entries by Strauss,
Rebecca Elliot, and Susie Silbert that place the highlighted 25 works in
context, explaining the importance of each artist’s contribution to the ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
field as well as the object’s aesthetic and technical innovations. The book (3/7/09—7/26/09)
also includes an interview between Strauss and the collectors Barbara Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
and Dennis DuBois. Houston
C I N D I S T R A U S S is the curator of and R E B E C C A E L L I O T is cura-

torial assistant for modern and contemporary decorative arts and design April Art/Decorative Arts
at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. S U S I E S I L B E R T is the 2008 96 pp. 25 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
Windgate Museum Fellow at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. paper 978-0-300-14695-0 $19.95
MASTER PAINTINGS IN
THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO
With an introduction by James Cuno
T his revised, expanded, and redesigned edition of a best-selling

book from the Art Institute of Chicago features many favorite
paintings from the collection—approximately 150 works from Europe
and the Americas, ranging from the 15th to the early 21st century.
Twenty-three images from the previous edition have been replaced with
other key or recently acquired works, and the majority of the text entries
have been updated. Celebrated artwork by Impressionists and Post-
Impressionists like Renoir and Seurat join paintings by Old Master
artists like Rubens and Rembrandt; works by 18th- and 19th-century
American artists including Copley and Whistler appear with recently
acquired paintings by Lichtenstein and Twombly—works displayed in
the museum’s new Modern Wing (opening spring 2009). Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
April Art
J A M E S C U N O is President and Eloise W. Martin Director of the Art 168 pp. 150 color illus. 11 x 11
Institute of Chicago. 978-0-300-15103-9 $39.95
128
Art & Architecture
MODEL & MUSE

Fashioning the Ideal
Harold Koda and Kohle Yohannan
An engaging look at the celebrated models

who have epitomized fashion in the 20th and
early 21st centuries
M odel & Muse explores fashion’s reciprocal rela-

tionship to iconic beauties that represent the
evolution and changing face of the feminine ideal.
Featuring a brief historical overview of the phenomenon
Peggy Moffitt in Rudi Gernreich’s topless swimsuit, 1964
of the supermodel, the book begins in the early 20th cen- Photograph by William Claxton/Courtesy Demont Photo Management.
tury and continues to the present day. Dorian Leigh and

Lisa Fonssagrives in the 1940s are joined in the 1950s by
Dovima, Sunny Harnett, and Suzy Parker. They are fol-
lowed by Jean “The Shrimp” Shrimpton and Twiggy in the Exhibition schedule:
1960s and Lauren Hutton in the 1970s. The 1980s wit- ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
nessed such enduring personalities as Cindy Crawford, (5/6/09 – 8/9/09)
Christy Turlington, Naomi Campbell, and Linda Published in association with
Evangelista, while the 1990s brought on Kate Moss, whose The Metropolitan Museum of Art
edgy, street-inflected style has inspired not only fashion
designers, editors, stylists, and photographers, but artists
such as Chuck Close and Lucien Freud.
With an emphasis on styles from the 1950s onward, the

book features designs from the great ready-to-wear and
couture houses—Madame Grès, Christian Dior, and
Balenciaga in the 1950s; Rudi Gernreich, Yves Saint
Laurent, and Cardin in the 1960s; Giorgio di Sant’Angelo
and Halston in the 1970s; Christian Lacroix, Versace,
Comme des Garcons, and Calvin Klein in the 1980s; and
Marc Jacobs, John Galliano, and Alexander McQueen in
the 1990s.
H A R O L D K O D A is Curator in Charge at The Costume Institute

at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York, and the author of
many fashion books including Extreme Beauty: The Body
Transformed, Chanel, and Poiret, all available from Yale. KOHLE May Fashion
YOHANNAN is an independent curator and the author of Clair 200 pp. 175 color illus. 9 1/2 x 11 1/2
978-0-300-14893-0 $50.00
McCardell and John Rawlings: 30 Years in Vogue.
129
Art & Architecture
CALL OF THE COAST
Art Colonies of New England
Thomas Andrew Denenberg and
Amy Kurtz Lansing
A groundbreaking examination of the role of

New England’s art colonies in the development
of modern American art
T he early 20th century brought renewed focus upon

the image of the coast and witnessed the forma-
tion of art colonies in Old Lyme, Connecticut, and
Ogunquit and Monhegan, Maine. These creative commu-
nities became an inspiration for artists and art students,
among them Edward Hopper, Childe Hassam, Robert
Henri, Rockwell Kent, and George Bellows. Visually stun- Exhibition schedule:
ning, Call of the Coast: Art Colonies of New England explores ♦ Portland Museum of Art, Maine
the importance of place for artists in these colonies, (6/25/09 – 10/12/09)
and the development of impressionist Connecticut and ♦ Florence Griswold Museum, Old Lyme, CT
modernist Maine within the visual traditions of the coast (10/24/09 – 1/31/10)
of New England. Distributed for the Portland Museum of Art
Featuring approximately 80 works, Call of the Coast illus-

trates each major painting with extensive interpretative
text and includes documentary photography to provide
historical context for the artworks.
T H O M A S A N D R E W D E N E N B E R G is the acting director

and William E. and Helen E. Thon Curator of American Art at the May Art
Portland Museum of Art. A M Y K U R T Z L A N S I N G is the cura- 128 pp. 100 color illus. 9 3/8 x 10 1/4
tor at the Florence Griswold Museum in Old Lyme, Connecticut. Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15162-6 $29.95
130
Art & Architecture
THE PICTURES GENERATION,

1974–1984
Douglas Eklund
An unprecedented overview of the Pictures

Generation, the most significant and influen-
tial group of contemporary artists of the last
forty years
T his handsome book is the first comprehensive

examination of the Pictures Generation, a loosely
knit group of artists working in New York from the mid-
1970s to the mid-1980s. The overarching subject of the
work of these artists was imagery itself—how pictures not
only depict but also shape how we perceive the world and Cindy Sherman, Untitled Film Still, 1977. Gelatin silver print, 10 x 8 in.
ourselves. The collective achievement of this group is an Courtesy of the Artist and Metro Pictures
extremely important chapter in the history of contempo-

rary art. Exhibition schedule:
♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Born into an expanding media and consumer culture and (4/21/09 – 8/2/09)
educated in the strategies of Minimal and Conceptual art,
the artists of the Pictures Generation, including Robert The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Longo, Richard Prince, David Salle, and Cindy Sherman,
chose to return to representation, addressing the rhetori-
cal, social, and psychological functions of the image across
all media (photography, painting and sculpture, drawings
and prints, film and video, and music and performance).
While the careers of these artists are typically considered
in isolation, this catalogue traces their complex interrela-
tionships and mutual development—beginning with the
emergence of a group sensibility characterized by tech-
niques of distancing and theatricality and ending with a
resurgence of painting by mostly male artists (which was
contested by women artists working in media such as
video, photography, and installation).
May Photography
224 pp. 100 b/w + 160 color illus.
D O U G L A S E K L U N D is Associate Curator in the Department 11 3/4 x 9 5/8
of Photographs at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. 978-0-300-14892-3 $60.00
131
Art & Architecture
THE MODERN WING

Renzo Piano and the Art Institute of Chicago
James Cuno, Paul Goldberger, and Joseph Rosa
With a photographic portfolio by Judith Turner
A behind-the-scenes look at celebrated architect

Renzo Piano’s highly anticipated addition to
The Art Institute of Chicago
T his handsome book examines the remarkable new

addition to the Art Institute of Chicago, designed
by Renzo Piano and scheduled to open in May 2009. This
expansion to the Art Institute of Chicago, already one of
the largest museums in the country, will provide new gal-
leries for modern and contemporary painting and sculp-
ture, as well as for photography, film and video, and archi-
tecture and design. The structure is Piano’s largest art
museum building to date.
The museum’s director, James Cuno, discusses the history

of the commission, and Paul Goldberger writes on how
this building fits into the larger context of Piano’s work—
especially his many museum designs—as well as consid-
ers its positioning in a city celebrated for its architec-
ture. Judith Turner provides exquisite architectural photo-
graphs, showing many nuanced details and views of the
structure, while Joseph Rosa comments on her images
and how they convey the beauty and sophistication of the
building. Photographs by New York–based architectural
photographer Paul Warchol complete the book.
J A M E S C U N O is President and Eloise W. Martin Director,

The Art Institute of Chicago. PA U L G O L D B E R G E R is archi-
tectural critic for the New Yorker. J O S E P H R O S A is the John
H. Bryan Curator of Architecture and Design, The Art Institute of May Architecture
Chicago. J U D I T H T U R N E R is a photographer based in 160 pp. 20 duotone + 140 color illus. 10 x 11
New York City well known for her images of architecture. 978-0-300-14112-2 $60.00
132
Art & Architecture
MICHAEL VAN VALKENBURGH
ASSOCIATES
Reconstructing Urban Landscapes
Edited by Anita Berrizbeitia
Introduction by Paul Goldberger
Contributions by Jane Amidon, Andrew Blum, Ethan Carr, Erik
de Jong, Peter Fergusson, Rachel Gleeson, Linda Pollak, and
Elissa Rosenberg
Explores a world-renowned landscape design

firm’s work bringing nature, innovative technology,
and challenging urban sites into dialogue
I nstilling a poetics of place is a goal of Michael Van

Valkenburgh Associates (MVVA), the famous landscape
design firm that has created successful public spaces in
some of the country’s most challenging urban sites. In
these locations, nature offers not so much an escape from
city living as a teasing dialogue with built structures. The
whole experience is aimed, as critic Paul Goldberger
notes, to “make you see everything, city and nature alike,
with a striking intensity.”
Richly illustrated and handsomely designed, this is the

first publication to explore a wide range of MVVA’s proj-
ects, focusing on the firm’s trend toward sites requiring
complex technological solutions. Leading critics and histo-
rians look at twelve projects, dating from 1992 to the pres-
ent, and each posing a challenge—such as contamination,
isolation, and lengthy public approval proceedings. They
explore the process through which the firm researches
such issues and how solutions are embedded in the final
aesthetics and spatial structure of the sites.
A N I TA B E R R I Z B E I T I A is an associate professor of land-

scape architecture at the School of Design at the University of
Pennsylvania. PA U L G O L D B E R G E R is an architecture critic May Landscape Design/Urban Design
for The New Yorker and the Joseph Urban Professor of Design 320 pp. 185 color illus. 7 1/2 x 11
and Architecture at The New School. 978-0-300-13585-5 $65.00
133
Art &
Art & Architecture
Architecture
AMY BLAKEMORE
Photographs 1988–2008
Alison de Lima Greene
With Anne Wilkes Tucker, Chrissie Iles, and Marisa C. Sánchez
A my Blakemore (b. 1958) is renowned for her deceptively simple

photographs. Her images, featured here for the first time in book
form, evoke fleeting aspects of personality and memory and have been
shown in numerous exhibitions, including the 2006 Whitney Biennial.
Blakemore has worked for the past 20 years with low-tech, medium-
format Diana cameras known for flaws that produce a flattened perspec-
tive, color shifts, vignetting, and blurriness. Blakemore manipulates these
flaws to capture the way memory simultaneously records and distorts
visual information, creating photographs that are familiar and mysteri-
ous—both documents of the present and suggestions of times past.
Presenting some 40 works that range from Blakemore’s black-and-white

images of the mid-1980s and color photographs in the 1990s to her Exhibition schedule:
recent focus on the figure, the book brings together images that seem to ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
record casual, spontaneous moments but also hint at a larger narrative. (5/9/09 – 8/2/09)
A L I S O N D E L I M A G R E E N E is the curator of contemporary art Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
and special projects and A N N E W I L K E S T U C K E R is the Gus and Houston
Lyndall Wortham Curator of Photography at The Museum of Fine Arts,
May Photography
Houston. C H R I S S I E I L E S is the Anne and Joel Ehrenkranz Curator at 128 pp. 9 b/w + 27 color illus.
the Whitney Museum of American Art. MARISA C. SÁNCHEZ is assis- 10 x 9 1/2
tant curator of modern and contemporary art at the Seattle Art Museum. paper 978-0-300-14699-8 $29.95
ZOE LEONARD
You see I am here after all
Lynne Cooke, Angela L. Miller, and
Ann Reynolds
T he prototypical American vacationland, Niagara Falls has

been popular with honeymooners and families for more
than a century. The image of its cascading white water was made
familiar in part through postcards, which in turn helped to trans-
form this natural wonder into a tourist destination. Zoe Leonard’s
Zoe Leonard, You see I am here after all, 2008
You see I am here after all brings together thousands of these postcard
images of the “great cataract,” from the early 1900s through the 1950s.
This grand accumulation of viewpoints, organized by Leonard taxo-
nomically in accordance with their positions along the perimeter of the
panoramic site, brings up issues as diverse as human interventions with Exhibition schedule:
nature and the function of landscape in inventing American historical ♦ Dia Beacon, New York
narratives, as well as the technological evolution of image reproduction (9/21/08 – 9/7/09)
and dissemination. Distributed for Dia Art Foundation
LY N N E C O O K E is curator at Dia Art Foundation and chief curator

at the Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, Madrid. A N G E L A L . M I L L E R is
professor of art history at Washington University in St. Louis. A N N May Photography/Art
R E Y N O L D S is an associate professor in the department of art and 126 pp. 60 b/w + 150 color illus.
art history and the Center for Women’s and Gender Studies at the 9 x 7 1/2
University of Texas at Austin. 978-0-300-15168-8 $35.00
134
Art & Architecture
ALVAR AALTO
Architecture, Modernity, and Geopolitics
Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen
An intellectual biography that reconsiders the

influence of the architect’s Finnish origins on
his work by examining Aalto’s own writings on
geography and modern architecture
P erhaps no other great modern architect has been

linked to a native country as closely as Alvar Aalto
(1898–1976). Critics have argued that the essence of
Finland flows, as if naturally, into his quasi-organic forms,
ranging from such buildings as the Baker House in
Cambridge, Massachusetts, to iconic 20th-century designs,
including his Savoy vase and bent-plywood stacking stools.
What did Aalto himself say about the importance of nation-

alism and geography in his work and in architecture gen-
erally? With an unprecedented focus on the architect’s own “This novel interpretation sheds a
clear light on Aalto’s relationship with
writings, library, and critical reception, Eeva-Liisa Pelkonen
Finland’s society and culture, not
proposes a dramatically different interpretation of Aalto’s merely by better defining the archi-
oeuvre, revealing it as a deeply thoughtful response to his tect’s often overlooked ‘context,’ but
intellectual and cultural milieu—especially to Finland’s by re-creating the intellectual milieus
in which he developed. Eeva-Liisa
dynamic political circumstances following independence Pelkonen introduces a very fresh dis-
from Russia in 1917. cussion of Aalto’s writings and designs
in the framework of Finland’s modern
Pelkonen also considers the geographic and geopolitical history.”—Jean-Louis Cohen,
Institute of Fine Arts, New York University
narratives found in Aalto’s writings. These include ideas
about national style and national cultural revival, and about
how architecture can foster cosmopolitanism, internation-
alism, and regionalism. Expanding the canonical reading of
Aalto, this work promises to influence future inquiries on
Aalto for generations to come.
E E VA - L I I S A P E L K O N E N is assistant professor and chair of the

Master of Architectural Design Program at the School of Architecture
at Yale University. She is the author of Achtung Architektur! Image June Architecture
and Phantasm in Contemporary Austrian Architecture and coeditor 224 pp. 124 b/w illus. 7 x 10
of Eero Saarinen: Shaping the Future (Yale). 978-0-300-11428-7 $45.00
135
Art & Architecture
HOLY TOLEDO!
Isabel Toledo and the Art of Fashion
Valerie Steele and Patricia Mears
An introduction to the exquisite fashions of a

designer whose clothing has been hailed as
“liquid geometry”
O ne of the most exciting fashion designers in the

United States, Cuban-born Isabel Toledo has been
honored with a National Design Award from the Cooper-
Hewitt Museum and a Couture Council Award for Artistry
of Fashion, given by The Museum at FIT. Yet her name and Isabel Toledo (American, b. Cuba 1960) Garnet silk taffeta dress and
“Blossom” jacket New York, Fall 2004
work are recognized only by fashion insiders. This ravish-
ing book brings Toledo’s creations to a wider audience, Exhibition schedule:
places them within the context of contemporary fashion, ♦ The Museum at the Fashion Institute of
and examines her creative process. Technology, New York
(6/09 – 10/09)
Interviewing Toledo, her husband (fashion illustrator Published in association with
Ruben Toledo), and other colleagues, clients, and critics, The Museum at the Fashion Institute of
Valerie Steele gives an account of Toledo’s career and Technology
explains that while she has been heralded by leading fash-
ion magazines and featured in stores in New York and
Europe, she has not had the long-term financial backing to
break out of the niche market. Patricia Mears investigates
the artistic and cultural influences on Toledo’s work and
analyzes her unusual methods of construction, noting that
she designs in three dimensions in her mind and then
begins working directly with fabric. Displaying garments
Toledo has created since her first show in 1985, this book
is a revelatory exploration of a fashion innovator in a
mass-market industry.
VA L E R I E S T E E L E is director and PAT R I C I A M E A R S is June Fashion

deputy director of The Museum at the Fashion Institute of 224 pp. 100 color illus. 9 1/4 x 12
978-0-300-14583-0 $50.00
Technology.
136
Art & Architecture
C L A R K A RT I N S T I T U T E
DOVE/O’KEEFFE
Circles of Influence
Debra Bricker Balken
An original examination of how Arthur Dove

and Georgia O’Keeffe shaped each other’s
careers
F rom the outset of her career, Georgia O’Keeffe cred-

ited her introduction to modernism as deriving in
part from a reproduction of a pastel by Arthur Dove she
saw around 1913. By this time Dove was well established
as the foremost modernist artist in America, yet O’Keeffe
herself would later become a source of renewal for his
work. Exhibition schedule:
♦ Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute,
Renowned scholar Debra Bricker Balken here offers the Williamstown, Massachusetts
first investigation into the interrelationship between these (6/7/09 – 9/7/09)
two great artists. She shows that while Dove’s sensual evo- Distributed for the Sterling and Francine
cations of landscape—his abstractions of nature’s undu- Clark Art Institute
lating rhythms and forms—offered inspiration for
O’Keeffe, the influence of O’Keeffe’s work on Dove was
equally significant. After 1930, Dove turned to O’Keeffe’s
early works for renewed aesthetic inspiration, mining, as
he put it, her “burning watercolors.”
Beyond examining the impact of these mutual influences,

this beautifully illustrated publication situates Dove and
O’Keeffe within the circle of Alfred Stieglitz, and brings
them into a fuller context within the modernist scene of
the 1920s and 1930s. What emerges is a fascinating look
at the first pivotal moment of modernism in America.
D E B R A B R I C K E R B A L K E N is an independent curator June Art

and writer. Among her many books is After Many Springs: 176 pp. 25 b/w + 125 color illus. 8 x 11 1/2
Regionalism, Modernism, and the Midwest (Yale). 978-0-300-13410-0 $45.00
137
Art & Architecture
YA L E U N I V E R S I T Y A R T G A L L E R Y
DENVER
A Photographic Survey of the Metropolitan
Area, 1973–1974
WHAT WE BOUGHT
The New World, Scenes from the Denver
Metropolitan Area, 1970–1974
Robert Adams
Untitled, from denver, 1973–74. Gelatin silver print.
Yale University Art Gallery
Luminous new editions of two
out-of-print classics by esteemed
photographer Robert Adams
d enver and What We Bought, together with The New

West, form a loose trilogy of Robert Adams’s work
exploring the rapidly developing landscape of the Denver
metropolitan area from 1968 through 1974. In the former
two books, Adams created a comprehensive document
that was resolute in its avoidance of romantic notions of
the American West and dispassionately honest about
Untitled, from What We Bought, 1970–74. Gelatin silver print.
man’s despoliation of the land. Both books demonstrate Yale University Art Gallery
the artist at the height of his powers as a documentary

photographer and a poetic sequencer of images.
The photographs featured in denver and What We Bought show

tract housing with mountain ranges in the distance, trailer lots
devoid of people, suburban streets through generic windows,
shopping mall interiors, and parking lots: subjects distinctly
unspectacular, familiar, and banal. Adams’s compositions are
straightforward and democratic, and it is this precise turn from Distributed for the Yale University Art
sentimentality that has made Adams one of the most influential Gallery
figures in the history of American photography.
These exquisite new editions, printed in rich tritones, celebrate

this landmark work. denver also includes new and previously
unpublished photographs from the project, chosen and
sequenced by Adams himself.
denver
June Photography
136 pp. 117 tritone illus. 9 x 7 13/16
978-0-300-14136-8 $50.00
R O B E R T A D A M S (b. 1937) lives and works in northwestern
What We Bought
Oregon. His art has been the subject of exhibitions at museums through- June Photography
out the United States; a major traveling retrospective, organized by the 208 pp. 193 tritone illus. 9 x 7 13/16
Yale University Art Gallery, will run from 2010 to 2012. 978-0-300-14963-0 $60.00
138
Art & Architecture
CY TWOMBLY
The Natural World, Selected Works, 2000–2007
James Rondeau
C y Twombly’s distinctive artworks merge drawing, painting, and

symbolic gesture in the pursuit of a direct, intuitive form of expres-
sion. Much of the artist’s recent output interprets the natural world, often
through references to garden and landscape.
Cy Twombly: The Natural World, Selected Works, 2000–2007 features

more than 30 paintings, works on paper, photographs, and sculptures.
Published in full cooperation with the artist, this handsome book speaks
to both continuity and innovation in Twombly’s work, underscoring the
ongoing creative vitality of one of the greatest American artists of our
time.
♦ The Art Institute of Chicago
(5/16/09 – 9/13/09)
Distributed for the Art Institute of

Chicago
June Art
J A M E S R O N D E A U is the Frances and Thomas Dittmer Chair of 96 pp. 60 color illus. 6 3/4 x 9 1/2
Contemporary Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. 978-0-300-14691-2 $34.95
MAX NEUHAUS
With essays by Christoph Cox, Branden W. Joseph,
Liz Kotz, Ulrich Loock, Peter Pakesch, and Alex Potts
I n 1977, Max Neuhaus turned a triangle of pedestrian space between

45th and 46th Streets in Times Square into an island of harmonic
sound. The rich textures of that sound continue today, emanating from
beneath the sidewalk grating, to anonymously reach an individual’s ears
as if one has stumbled upon a secret. Known as Times Square, the cele-
brated installation was restored in 2002 with support from Dia Art
Foundation, which further commissioned a site-specific piece, Time Piece
Beacon, from Neuhaus in 2006 for its museum in Beacon, New York.
This stunning book—the only volume in print dedicated solely to the

work of Neuhaus—takes these two projects as a point of departure from
which to consider the singular impact this artist has had in establishing
sound as a medium in contemporary art. An interview with Neuhaus is
complemented with essays by multidisciplinary scholars who investigate Distributed for Dia Art Foundation
and situate his work within a historical context.
M A X N E U H A U S is an artist who has created sound works for specific

July Art
environments in the United States and Europe, including the Menil 144 pp. 30 b/w + 40 color illus.
Collection, Houston; The Museum of Modern Art, New York; Kunsthalle 7 1/2 x 10
Bern, Switzerland; and the Venice Biennale, among many others. 978-0-300-15167-1 $35.00
139
Art & Architecture
P H I L A D E L P H I A M U S E U M O F A RT
BRUCE NAUMAN
Topological Gardens
Carlos Basualdo and Michael R. Taylor
With essays by Marco de Michelis and Erica Battle
A close look at Bruce Nauman’s work as the

unanimously-selected U.S. representative at
the 53rd Venice Biennale
O ne of the most complex and fascinating artists

working today, Bruce Nauman (b. 1941) has
assembled a mesmerizing body of work that encom-
passes video, installation, drawing, sculpture, printmak-
ing, photography, and neon. In 2008, Nauman was
Bruce Nauman, The True Artist Helps the World by Revealing Mystic Truths
unanimously selected to represent the United States at (Window or Wall Sign), 1967. Philadelphia Museum of Art: Purchased with
the Henry P. McIlhenny Fund, the bequest (by exchange) of Henrietta Meyers
the 53rd Venice Biennale, in an exhibition organized by Miller, the gift (by exchange) of Philip L. Goodwin, and contributions from
generous donors, 2007-44-1. © 2008 Bruce Nauman/Artists Rights Society
the Philadelphia Museum of Art. The accompanying cat- (ARS), New York.
alogue explores the interconnections among several spe-

cific themes that have recurred prominently throughout
four decades of Nauman’s work. Linking the urban tex- Exhibition schedule:
ture of Venice to the topological dimensions of his ♦ Venice Biennale
provocative art, the overarching project allows for an (6/7/09 – 11/22/09)
unprecedented occasion for the appreciation and explo- Published in association with
ration of Nauman’s undeniable creativity and influence. the Philadelphia Museum of Art
Bruce Nauman: Topological Gardens includes texts by Erica

Battle and Carlos Basualdo on the organization of the exhi-
bition and the publication, featuring detailed discussions
of the works in the show. Michael R. Taylor examines
Nauman’s practice in an art-historical context, and Marco
de Michelis explores the notion of space as deployed
throughout Nauman’s oeuvre, with particular reference to
the works on view.
C A R L O S B A S U A L D O is Curator of Contemporary Art at the

Philadelphia Museum of Art. M I C H A E L R . TAY L O R is the Muriel
and Philip Berman Curator of Modern Art at the Philadelphia Museum
of Art. M A R C O D E M I C H E L I S is Professor of the History of July Art
Architecture at the IUAV University of Venice. E R I C A B AT T L E is a 150 pp. 10 b/w + 50 color illus. 8 x 10
Project Curatorial Assistant at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. 978-0-300-14981-4 $40.00
140
Art & Architecture
AGNES MARTIN
Edited by Lynne Cooke and Karen Kelly
With essays by Rhea Anastas, Douglas Crimp, Jonathan D.
Katz, Michael Newman, Kathryn A. Tuma et al.
New discourse on four decades of painting by

one of the 20th century’s most influential artists
G orgeously quiet in color and composition, Agnes

Martin’s paintings have a distinctive grace that sets
them apart from those of the Abstract Expressionists of
her day and the Minimalist artists she inspired. Martin
attributed her grid-based works to metaphysical motiva-
tions, lending a serene complexity to her oeuvre that has
defied any easy categorization. Perhaps for this reason,
critical and scholarly analysis of her paintings has been
scarce—until now. This important new anthology brings
together the most current scholarship on Martin’s paint-
ings by twelve multidisciplinary essayists who consider
various aspects of the artist’s four-decade career. Published in association with
Dia Art Foundation
Organized by Dia Art Foundation, whose extensive hold-
ings of Martin’s paintings and ambitions to support in-
depth research on the works are unparalleled, the publi-
cation brings renewed focus and energy to Martin’s career
and her contributions to the art historical narrative.
LY N N E C O O K E is curator at Dia Art Foundation and chief

curator at the Centro de Arte Reina Sofía, Madrid. K A R E N July Art
K E L LY is Director of Publications and Special Programs at Dia 240 pp. 60 b/w + 14 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10
Art Foundation. Paper with flaps 978-0-300-15105-3 $35.00
141
Art & Architecture
BEYOND GOLDEN CLOUDS

Japanese Screens from the Art Institute of
Chicago and the Saint Louis Art Museum
Edited by Janice Katz
With contributions by Philip K. Hu, Janice Katz,
Elizabeth Lillehoj, Yukio Lippit, Melissa McCormick,
Tamamushi Satoko, Hans Bjarne Thomsen, and Alicia Volk
An exquisite survey of Japanese folding

screens, from 16th-century masterpieces to
contemporary works of art
F olding screens, known as byôbu in Japanese, are treas-

ures within any museum’s collection and are beloved
by the general public. This beautiful publication brings
together the very finest screens from the world-renowned
collections of the Art Institute of Chicago and the Saint
Louis Art Museum. The featured works range from an Exhibition schedule:
extraordinary pair of landscapes by Sesson Shukei, a Zen- ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago
Buddhist monk-painter of the late 16th century, to daring (6/28/09 – 9/27/09)
contemporary works from the late 20th century. ♦ Saint Louis Art Museum
(10/18/09 – 1/3/10)
The first half of the Edo period (1615–1868) is especially Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
well represented, with a dozen screens from the 17th cen-
tury by such masters as Kano Koi and Tosa Mitsuoki. The
contemporary scene is also well covered, with ten exam-
ples from the 20th century—proving the longevity of this
art form and its currency among modern-day artists.
Enlightening essays by important scholars in the field
cover topics like the emergence of screens as an art form
and a novel discussion of the relationship of Japanese
screens to those made in other countries.
July Art/Decorative Arts

J A N I C E K AT Z is the Roger L. Weston Associate Curator of 216 pp. 130 color illus. 11 1/2 x 9 3/4
Japanese Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. 978-0-300-11948-0 $50.00
142
Art & Architecture
T H E J A PA N S O C I E T Y
BURIKI
Japanese Tin Toys from the Golden Age of
the American Automobile
Joe Earle
A unique look at the remarkable postwar

apogee of Japanese tin toys inspired by the
heyday of the American automobiles
T in toys have been made in Japan for more than 100

years, but during World War II their production—
and international sales—ended. Almost as soon as the war
was over, ingenious manufacturers began to make model
Jeeps out of recycled food cans. With the resumption of
international trade in 1948, exports of more sophisticated
metal toys soared. At the same time, the postwar boom in Exhibition schedule:
the United States led to an increasingly automobile-based ♦ Japan Society Gallery, New York
society—the perfect inspiration for Japan’s gifted toy (7/10/09 – 8/16/09)
designers. As leading marques competed to market ever Distributed for the Japan Society
more seductively styled autos to U.S. consumers, Japanese
toy manufacturers followed styling trends closely, retooling
often to create miniature versions of the latest models; air-
planes, spaceships, and other vehicles were also popular.
The Tanaka collection is a treasure-trove of more than 500

immaculate model vehicles, enthusiastically collected over
the last 50 years. Buriki offers a lively tour of its highlights,
evoking the heady, expansive spirit of the 1950s in both
the U.S. and Japan. Its 60 cars, along with prime examples
of other modes of transportation, will delight young and
old with the quality of their detailing and bright color
schemes.
J O E E A R L E is vice president and director of the gallery at July Art/Collectibles

Japan Society in New York City. He is the author of New 96 pp. 70 color illus. 8 x 9 5/8
Bamboo: Contemporary Japanese Masters (Yale). paper 978-0-300-15157-2 $15.00
143
Art & Architecture
YOUR BRIGHT FUTURE
12 Contemporary Artists from Korea
Lynn Zelevansky and Christine D. Starkman
With Joan Kee and Sunjung Kim
I n the past two decades, there have been major developments in

Korean art, as the country has opened up under the influence of glob-
alization. This unprecedented book focuses on the work of twelve of
Korea’s most significant artists.
An introduction by Joan Kee and a chronology track the development of

contemporary art in Korea from the 20th century to the present day.
Essays by Lynn Zelevansky and Christine Starkman discuss the twelve
artists featured: Kimsooja, Bahc Yiso, Do Ho Suh, Choi Jeong-Hwa,
Gimhongsok, Jeon Joonho, Kim Beom, Koo Jeong-A, Minouk Lim,
Jooyeon Park, Haegue Yang, and Young-hae Chang Heavy Industries. Exhibition schedule:
These artists work in a range of media, including sculpture, drawing, ♦ Los Angeles County Museum of Art
video, installation and performance, and the World Wide Web. The book (6/28/09 – 9/20/09)
also includes artists’ interviews and brief biographies. ♦ The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
(11/22/09 – 2/14/10)
LY N N Z E L E VA N S K Y is Terri and Michael Smooke Curator and Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Department Head of Contemporary Art at the Los Angeles County Houston
Museum of Art. C H R I S T I N E D . S TA R K M A N is curator of Asian art
July Art
at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. J O A N K E E is author or editor 208 pp. 158 b/w + color illus. 9 3/4 x 12
of writings on film and art from many Asian countries. S U N J U N G Paper over board 978-0-300-14689-9
K I M is an independent curator based in Seoul, Korea. $50.00
MASTERPIECES OF IMPRESSIONISM
AND POST-IMPRESSIONISM
The Annenberg Collection
Colin B. Bailey, Joseph J. Rishel, Mark Rosenthal, and
Susan Alyson Stein
T he Walter and Lee Annenberg Collection of Impressionist and

Post-Impressionist paintings, watercolors, and drawings at The
Metropolitan Museum of Art comprises one of the most remarkable
groupings of avant-garde works of art from the mid-19th to the early
20th century. A revised and updated edition of the 1989 publication
Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism: The Annenberg
Collection, this beautiful volume presents 54 masterworks by such lumi-
naries as Manet, Degas, Morisot, Renoir, Monet, Cézanne, Gauguin, Van
Gogh, Picasso, and Matisse, accompanied by elucidating text and a
wealth of comparative illustrations. Published in association with
The Metropolitan Museum of Art
C O L I N B . B A I L E Y is Associate Director and Peter Jay Sharp Chief
Curator at the Frick Collection, New York. J O S E P H J . R I S H E L is the
Gisela and Dennis Alter Senior Curator of European Painting before
1900 and Senior Curator of the John G. Johnson Collection and the
Rodin Museum at the Philadelphia Museum of Art. MARK ROSENTHAL
is Curator of Contemporary Art at the Norton Museum of Art, West Palm July Art
Beach. S U S A N A LY S O N S T E I N is Curator, Department of 324 pp. 127 b/w + 115 color illus.
Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at The Metropolitan 9 x 12
Museum of Art. 978-0-300-12402-6 $65.00
144
Art & Architecture
Scholarly Art &
Architecture Books
of Interest to
the General Trade
145
Scholarly Art & Architecture Books of Interest to the General Trade
THE ARCHITECTURE OF THE
YALE CENTER FOR BRITISH ART
Jules David Prown
Foreword by Amy Meyers
Photographs by Thomas A. Brown
T he Yale Center for British Art stands as the final masterpiece of

the great 20th-century American architect Louis I. Kahn
(1901–1974). It received the 2005 American Institute of Architects
Twenty-Five Year Award honoring “significant architectural landmarks
. . . that have withstood the test of time.” This handsome volume, orig-
inally published for the Center’s grand opening in 1977, is a timely
reminder of the Center’s architectural distinction.
Contemporaneous photographs and an enlightening essay by Jules David

Prown provide an account of the architecture, design, and circumstances
of its commission and building. A new foreword by its current director,
Amy Meyers, brings the celebration of the Center into the present day.
Distributed for the Yale Center for
British Art
February Architecture
J U L E S D AV I D P R O W N is the Paul Mellon Professor Emeritus of the 72 pp. 32 duotone + 16 b/w illus.
History of Art at Yale University. He served as the first Director of the 11 x 8 1/2
Yale Center for British Art from 1968 to 1976. 978-0-300-14964-7 $35.00sc
STONE HILL CENTER

Tadao Ando at the Clark
Essay by Michael Webb
Principal photography by Richard Pare
P ritzker Prize–winning architect Tadao Ando is a master of minimal-

ism, known for his use of simple materials, his light-filled interiors,
and his respect for the natural environment in which he works. This
handsome book celebrates Ando’s Stone Hill Center at the Sterling and
Francine Clark Art Institute, his first museum project set within a rural
American landscape.
Celebrated photographer Richard Pare records Ando at his best, captur-

ing the play of light across the cedar entry, the shimmering woodlands
reflected in the large gallery windows, the lush meadow grasses juxta-
posed with sharply angled walls. Michael Webb’s essay provides context
for the Clark building, tracing Ando’s career from his early work in Japan
to his iconographic Church of the Light in Osaka (1989) to the Modern
Distributed for the Sterling and
Art Museum of Fort Worth (2002). Francine Clark Art Institute
Based in Los Angeles, M I C H A E L W E B B is the author of twenty-six

books on architecture and design. R I C H A R D PA R E is an architectural February Architecture
photographer and a founding curator at the Canadian Centre for 64 pp. 2 b/w + 47 color illus. 8 x 8
Architecture. paper 978-0-300-14917-3 $19.95sc
146
THE ESSENTIAL ART OF
AFRICAN TEXTILES
Design Without End
Alisa LaGamma and Christine Giuntini
T his informative and beautiful volume sheds light on the enduring

significance of textiles as a major form of aesthetic expression
across Africa, relating long-standing cultural practices to recent creative
developments. Some of the finest and oldest preserved examples of West
African textile traditions are presented, and both their artistic and tech-
nical qualities are examined. Wrapped around the body, fashioned into
garments, or displayed as hangings, these magnificent textiles include
bold strip weavings and intricately patterned indigo resist-dyed cloths.
The influence of African textiles on contemporary artists is also explored, Exhibition schedule:
featuring artworks by eight individuals who work in media as far-ranging ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
as sculpture, painting, photography, video, and installation art. A monu- (9/30/08 – 3/22/09)
mental metal tapestry by the Ghanaian El Anatsui that pays tribute to tra- Published in association with
ditional kente prestige cloth while constituting an inventive new genre is The Metropolitan Museum of Art
discussed in detail.
A L I S A L A G A M M A is a Curator and C H R I S T I N E G I U N T I N I a February Art/Decorative Arts

Conservator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, Oceania, and the 72 pp. 36 color illus. 8 1/4 x 9
Americas, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. paper 978-0-300-14962-3 $19.95sc
DUCCIO AND THE ORIGINS OF

WESTERN PAINTING
Keith Christiansen
I n 2004 the Metropolitan Museum acquired an extremely rare and

beautiful Madonna and Child by the great painter Duccio di
Buoninsegna. Duccio, who died in 1318, has long been recognized as
the father of Sienese painting, and he fostered a new generation of tal-
ented and innovative painters. In art history textbooks, however, his
considerable contribution to European painting is often overshadowed
by the work of his contemporary Giotto. Christiansen examines the fas-
cinating connection between Giotto and Duccio, which he likens to
Michelangelo’s relationship with Raphael, or Picasso’s with Matisse, and
explains the particular qualities that make Duccio such an essential
artist.

February Art
62 pp. 3 b/w + 52 color illus.,
including a gatefold
K E I T H C H R I S T I A N S E N is Jayne Wrightsman Curator of European 8 1/2 x 11
Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. paper 978-0-300-14544-1 $19.95sc
147
MORE THAN ONE
Photographs in Sequence
Edited by Joel Smith
With contributions by Peter Barberie, Kelly Baum, Anne McCauley,
Kevin Moore, and Joel Smith
T he essays in More than One examine sequentiality and serialism in

the practice of photography from the medium’s earliest years to the
present. Contributors explore nuances of syntax and sense raised by
works like photographic albums, books, thematic portfolios, journalistic
photo features, and documentations of performance art.
Fully illustrated essays discuss, among other topics, the little-known

volume Beyond This Point (1929), a collaborative experiment by
American photographer Francis Bruguiere and London radio producer
Lance Sieveking; the evolving relationship between public space and
sexual self-definition in the early work of Minor White; and an impor-
tant performance work by artist Ana Mendieta. The title essay surveys
the social conditions and expressive motives that have given rise to
serial and sequential forms throughout the history of photography. Distributed for the Princeton University
Art Museum
J O E L S M I T H is curator of photography and K E L LY B A U M is the Locks
Curatorial Fellow for Contemporary Art, both at the Princeton University Art
Museum. P E T E R B A R B E R I E is curator of photography at the Philadelphia February Photography
Museum of Art. A N N E M C C A U L E Y is the David Hunter McAlpin 120 pp. 32 b/w + 61 color illus.
Professor of the History of Photography and Modern Art at Princeton 8 1/2 x 10 3/4
University. K E V I N M O O R E is an independent scholar and curator. Paper 978-0-300-14930-2 $25.00sc
TEA CULTURE OF JAPAN

Sadako Ohki
With Takeshi Watanabe
I mported to Japan from China during the 9th century, the custom of
serving tea did not become widespread until the 13th century. By the
late 15th and 16th centuries, tea was ceremonially prepared by a skilled
tea master and served to guests in a tranquil setting. This way of prepar-
ing tea became known as chanoyu, literally “hot water for tea.”
This elegant book explores the aesthetics and history of the traditional
Japanese tea ceremony, examining the nature of tea collections and the
links between connoisseurship, politics, and international relations. It
also surveys current practices and settings in light of the ongoing trans-
formation of the tradition in contemporary tea houses. Among the pre-
cious objects discussed and pictured are ceramic tea bowls, wooden tea
scoops, metal sake pourers, and lacquered incense containers, as well as
♦ Yale University Art Gallery,
folding screens that evoke the historical settings of serving tea.
New Haven
(1/20/09 – 4/26/09)
Distributed for the Yale University Art

Gallery
S A D A K O O H K I is the Japan Foundation Associate Curator of
Japanese Art at the Yale University Art Gallery. TA K E S H I WATA N A B E February Art/Asian Studies
is visiting assistant professor in history and art history at Connecticut 80 pp. 170 color illus. 8 1/4 x 10 3/4
College. Paper with flaps 978-0-300-14692-9 $19.95sc
148
THE DISAPPEARANCE OF OBJECTS
New York Art and the Rise of
the Postmodern City
Joshua Shannon
I n the years around 1960, a rapid process of deindustrialization pro-

foundly changed New York City. At the same time, massive highway
construction, urban housing renewal, and the growth of the financial
sector altered the city’s landscape. As the new economy took shape,
manufacturing lofts, piers, and small shops were replaced by sleek high-
rise housing blocks and office towers.
Focusing on works by Claes Oldenburg, Jasper Johns, Robert

Rauschenberg, and Donald Judd, art historian Joshua Shannon shows
how New York art engaged with this transformation of the city. Shannon
convincingly argues that these four artists—all living amid the
changes—filled their art with old street signs, outmoded flashlights, and
other discarded objects in a richly revealing effort to understand the eco-
nomic and architectural transformation of their city.
March Art/Art History

J O S H U A S H A N N O N is assistant professor of contemporary art 240 pp. 141 b/w + 48 color illus. 8 x 9 1/2
history and theory at the University of Maryland. 978-0-300-13706-4 $60.00sc
FOR REASONS OF STATE

Angelique Campens, Erica Cooke, and Steven Lam
F or Reasons of State examines how our ability to function as a democ-

racy is compromised by governmental secrecy. Looking at contem-
porary art, the book explores notions of institutional concealment
through the work of such artists as the Bureau of Inverse Technology,
Jenny Holzer, Lin + Lam, Mark Lombardi, Trevor Paglen, and Susan
Schluppi—all of whom provide the public with a new way of looking at
information that is otherwise censored or misrepresented due to govern-
ment or corporate influence.
♦ Independent Study Program
Distributed for the Whitney Museum of

American Art
A N G E L I Q U E C A M P E N S is an independent curator and critic

based in New York. E R I C A C O O K E is an independent curator and February Art
writer based in New York. S T E V E N L A M is an artist and independ- 48 pp. 35 b/w illus. 7 1/2 x 10
ent curator and teaches at the School of Visual Arts in New York. paper 978-0-300-14694-3 $16.95sc
149
MATTHEW BOULTON
Selling What All the World Desires
Shena Mason
M atthew Boulton was an 18th-century designer, inventor, and

industrialist, a consummate businessman, and co-founder of the
influential Lunar Society. Now, on the bicentenary of his death, this book
surveys his life and extraordinarily varied achievements.
The book explains how Boulton, a Birmingham “toy”-maker producing

buttons, buckles, and silverware, went into business with James Watt and
exported Boulton & Watt steam engines all over the world. Meanwhile his
magnificent ormolu ornaments decorated aristocratic drawing rooms,
and his determination to discourage counterfeiters led to a contract to
manufacture British coinage and coins of other countries at his mint.
Boulton was leader of the campaign to establish the Birmingham Assay
Office (still the busiest in the country), and also at the heart of the Lunar
Society, a group of prominent industrialists, natural philosophers, and
intellectuals interested in scientific and social change. Known to Ben
Franklin, Thomas Jefferson, Erasmus Darwin, Josiah Wedgwood, and
many others, Boulton was a fascinating man, Britain’s leading
Enlightenment entrepreneur.
March History of Science/Design

9 1/2 x 11 1/2
S H E N A M A S O N is an independent researcher and writer. 978-0-300-14358-4 $75.00sc
OUTSIDE IN
Chinese x American x Contemporary x Art
Jerome Silbergeld
With contributions by Dora C. Y. Ching, Michelle Lim, Cary Y. Liu,
Gregory Seiffert, and Kimberly Wishart
T he art world is currently enthralled with contemporary Chinese

art. This thoughtful book argues, however, that American audi-
ences have been exposed only to a narrow range of what is available—
with the majority of attention having been given to “avant-garde,”
“experimental,” or politically charged art. Outside In discusses contem-
porary Chinese art in a far wider range of styles and subject matter and
substantially expands on our understanding of this work.
The book features six artists—Arnold Chang, Michael Cherney, Zhi Lin,
Liu Dan, Vanessa Tran, and Zhang Hongtu—all of whom are American
citizens yet are widely diverse in age and experience as well as geo-
graphical and ethnic origins. In addition to extensive personal interviews
and artists’ statements, there are essays that challenge the categoriza- ♦ Princeton University Art Museum
tion of art into such focused genres as “Chinese,” “contemporary,” and (3/5/09 – 6/7/09)
“American,” and reexamine the factors that shape the development of Distributed for the Princeton University
“Chinese art” in America. Art Museum
March Art
J E R O M E S I L B E R G E L D is P. Y. and Kinmay W. Tang Professor in
9 x 10 3/4
Chinese Art at Princeton University. 978-0-300-12208-4 $60.00sc
150
N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y O F A R T, WA S H I N G T O N
DIALOGUES IN ART HISTORY,
FROM MESOPOTAMIAN TO MODERN
Readings for a New Century
Edited by Elizabeth Cropper
T his spirited and challenging book presents dialogues between emi-

nent art historians on current topics and dilemmas in the field and
considering world art of all periods.
The authors propose new readings as they challenge traditional sys-

tems of classification; interpret monuments in terms of their interac-
tion with their environments; redefine the Italian Renaissance in light
of the new vernacular sensibility that emerged in the Trecento; view
portraiture both in close detail and in social and historical perspective;
and point to the need to reconcile historical coherence with complex-
ity in museum displays.
♦ Studies in the History of Art Series
Contributors include Svetlana Alpers, Elizabeth Hill Boone, Philippe
Published by the National Gallery of Art,
Bordes, Betsy M. Bryan, C. Jean Campbell, Joseph Connors, Charles
Center for Advanced Study in the Visual
Dempsey, Marian H. Feldman, Finbarr Barry Flood, Hal Foster, Marc Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press
Gotlieb, Ewa Lajer-Burcharth, Michael Leja, Yukio Lippit, Joanne Pillsbury,
Louise Rice, David J. Roxburgh, Jeffrey Weiss, Mariët Westermann, and
Wu Hung.
March Art History
E L I Z A B E T H C R O P P E R is dean of the Center for Advanced Study in 424 pp. 167 b/w + 95 color illus. 9 x 11
Visual Arts, National Gallery of Art. 978-0-300-12162-9 $70.00sc
A MODERNIST MUSEUM IN
PERSPECTIVE
The East Building, National Gallery of Art
Edited by Anthony Alofsin
T his fascinating book is the first critical examination of the East

Building, I. M. Pei’s celebrated addition to the National Gallery of
Art in Washington, D.C. Distinguished contributors consider this iconic
building from various historical vantage points, from the evolution of its
design to its place in 20th-century museum architecture.
Essays by Neil Harris, Anthony Alofsin, Alona Nitzan-Shiftan, and

Réjean Legault discuss the building’s relationship to the city of
Washington, its critical and public reception, and the special nature of
its use of materials. Barry Bergdoll and David Brownlee compare it to
contemporary works by Marcel Breuer, Edward Larrabee Barnes, and
other modernists. Victoria Newhouse, Marc Treib, Barnabas Calder, ♦ Studies in the History of Art Series
and Andrew Saint consider it in the context of museum architecture,
exploring the relationship between art installations and museum Published by the National Gallery of Art,
design, museum additions by other well-known architects, and the Center for Advanced Study in the Visual
Arts/Distributed by Yale University Press
challenges of building and supporting an art museum outside a major
metropolitan area. Drawings, models, and photographs provide a visu-
al history of the building’s development.
A N T H O N Y A L O F S I N is Roland Roessner Centennial Professor of March Architecture

Architecture and professor of architecture and art history at the University 248 pp. 207 b/w + 58 color illus. 9 x 11
of Texas at Austin. 978-0-300-12159-9 $65.00sc
151
N AT I O N A L G A L L E R Y L O N D O N
A Closer Look is the new series title for the updated and refreshed National Gallery Pocket Guide range.
The series has been enhanced with a stronger format, attractive design, new photography, and additional information.
A CLOSER LOOK: COLOUR

David Bomford and Ashok Roy
I t is self-evident that color is fundamental to painting, but it is not always

obvious from looking at pictures what kinds of materials may be used
by an artist to make color. A Closer Look: Colour explains how pigments
are combined with a medium to form a paint layer, and how this affects
our perception of the appearance of color. It not only describes the mate-
rials of color but also explains color theories and examines writings about
color, including painters’ treatises. Through a selection of superb pictures
from the National Gallery, London, including works by Piero della
Francesca, Leonardo, Titian, Caravaggio, Canaletto, Rembrandt,
Velázquez, Monet, and Seurat, the authors demonstrate how painters
through the centuries have exploited the characteristics of color in paint.
Published by National Gallery Company/

D AV I D B O M F O R D is Associate Director for Collections at the J. Paul Distributed by Yale University Press
Getty Museum, Los Angeles. He was formerly the Senior Restorer at the
National Gallery, London. A S H O K R O Y is Director of Scientific
Research at the National Gallery, London. He is the series editor of the March Art
highly regarded National Gallery Technical Bulletin, and has co- 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/2
authored many NG titles, including Art in the Making: Degas (2005). paper 978-1-85709-442-8 $15.00sc
A CLOSER LOOK: CONSERVATION OF

PAINTINGS
David Bomford
Updated by Jill Dunkerton and Martin Wyld
T he philosophy of modern conservation is different from that of

previous eras: the emphasis now is on long-term stabilization by
methods that alter the structure of a painting as little as possible.
Nevertheless, if paintings are obscured by discolored varnishes and old
repaints, they are cleaned, and this has often led to anxiety and debate
as long-admired images are transformed. A Closer Look: Conservation
of Paintings discusses the material nature of paintings and the ways that
they have changed, both naturally and at the hands of previous restor-
ers. It also describes the main types of conservation treatment carried
out on panel and canvas paintings and some of the complex issues
involved in cleaning and restoration.
Distributed by Yale University Press
D AV I D B O M F O R D (see above). J I L L D U N K E R T O N is Restorer

and M A R T I N W Y L D is Director of Conservation at the National March Art
Gallery, London. They are regular contributors to the highly regarded 96 pp. 90 color illus. 5 3/4 x 8 1/2
National Gallery Technical Bulletin. paper 978-1-85709-441-1 $15.00sc
152
COLLECTING AFRICAN AMERICAN ART
The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston
John Hope Franklin and Alvia J. Wardlaw
T his important book showcases institutional and private efforts to

collect, document, and preserve African American art in
American’s fourth largest city, Houston, Texas. Eminent historian John
Hope Franklin’s essay reveals his passionate commitment to collect
African American art, while curator Alvia J. Wardlaw discusses works by
Robert S. Duncanson, Henry Ossawa Tanner, Horace Pippen, and Bill
Traylor as well as pieces by contemporary artists Kojo Griffin and
Mequitta Ahuja. Quilts, pottery, and a desk made by an African
American slave for his daughter contribute to the overview.
The book also focuses on the collections of the “black intelligentsia,”

African Americans who taught at black colleges like Fisk University,
where Aaron Douglas founded the art department. A number of the Aaron Douglas, Flight, 1930, woodcut, collection of
artists represented were collected privately before they were able to Gladys I. Forde. © Estate of Aaron Douglas
exhibit in mainstream museums.

Distributed for The Museum of Fine Arts,
Houston
J O H N H O P E F R A N K L I N is James B. Duke Professor Emeritus of
History at Duke University, where the John Hope Franklin Center for
Interdisciplinary and International Studies is located. A LV I A J .
WA R D L AW is curator of modern and contemporary art at The Museum February Art
of Fine Arts, Houston, and director of the University Museum at Texas 224 pp. 125 color illus. 7 x 10
Southern University in Houston. paper 978-0-300-15291-3 $40.00sc
THE NATIONAL GALLERY

POCKET COLLECTION
Introduction by Leah Kharibian
T he National Gallery, London, home to celebrated works by

Leonardo, Titian, Rembrandt, Turner, Van Eyck, Van Gogh, and
many others, contains paintings that rank among the finest in the his-
tory of Western European art. This attractive little pocket collection
reproduces many of these much–loved masterpieces along with a brief
introduction to the collection.
The guide presents nearly 200 masterworks, arranged in four sections

that reflect the layout of the gallery and the chronology of the art:
Sainsbury Wing (1250–1500), West Wing (1500–1600), North Wing
(1600–1700), and East Wing (1700–1900). Tracing the development of
Western European art through the centuries, the book is an irresistible
treasure for visitors or armchair travelers to the National Gallery.
Distributed by Yale University Press
March Art
240 pp. 200 color illus. 4 1/4 x 4 3/4
L E A H K H A R I B I A N is an independent art historian and writer. 978-1-85709-447-3 $15.00sc
153
TATLIN’S TOWER
Monument to Revolution
Norbert Lynton
An examination of the the 20th century’s

greatest unexecuted work of art
T he plans for the gigantic Monument to the Third

International were completed in 1920 by Vladimir
Tatlin, the Russian painter and visionary designer who was
a key figure of Russian constructivism. Planned as the
headquarters and monument of the Comintern in
Petrograd, it was to be made from industrial materials—
iron, glass, and steel—as a towering symbol of modernity.
Because of the political turmoil and housing shortages in
Russia after the 1917 Revolution, the building was never
constructed, but it remains a celebrated icon of revolu-
tionary art.
In this insightful book, Norbert Lynton investigates the

sources and symbolism of Tatlin’s Tower and considers
not only its significance but also the broader role of alle-
gory in abstraction and as an expression of man’s highest
aspirations. Then, in light of his new symbolic reading of
the Tower, Lynton examines Tatlin’s flying machine,
Letatlin, and earlier works in his career and discusses their
impact on other Russian painters, sculptors, designers,
and architects of his era.
March History/Architecture
N O R B E R T LY N T O N , who died in 2007, was the founding 192 pp. 45 b/w + 10 color illus. 7 x 10
professor of art history at Sussex University and a respected critic. 978-0-300-11130-9 $50.00sc
154
DADA’S WOMEN
Ruth Hemus
T he European Dada movement of the early 20th century has long

been regarded as a male preserve, one in which women have been
relegated to footnotes or mentioned only as the wives, girlfriends, or sis-
ters of Dada men. This fascinating book challenges that assumption,
focusing on the creative contributions made to Dada by five pivotal
European women.
Ruth Hemus establishes the ways in which Emmy Hennings and Sophie
Taeuber in Zurich, Hannah Höch in Berlin, and Suzanne Duchamp and
Céline Arnauld in Paris made important interventions across fine art, lit-
erature, and performance. Hemus highlights how their techniques and
approaches were characteristic of Dada’s rebellion against aesthetic and
cultural conventions, analyzes the impact of gender on each woman’s
work, and shows convincingly that they were innovators and not imita-
tors. In its new and original perspective on Dada, the book broadens our
appreciation and challenges accepted understandings of this revolution-
ary avant-garde movement.
April Art History

R U T H H E M U S is an Early Career Leverhulme Fellow at the University 7 1/2 x 10
of Royal Holloway, London. 978-0-300-14148-1 $60.00sc
DRAWN TO ITALIAN DRAWINGS

The Goldman Collection
Nicholas Turner
With contributions by Jean Goldman
T his lovely book features exquisite drawings from the Renaissance

and Baroque periods, including works by Guercino, Parmigianino,
Raphael, and other Italian masters. These 126 working drawings,
preparatory sketches, and finished compositions offer insights into the
varied approaches to drawing, the artists’ developing styles, and the dif-
ferent regional approaches to the medium. Highlighting works from the
distinguished collection of Jean and Steven Goldman, the volume
enables the reader to study the drawings of 16th- and 17th-century
artists in dialogue with one another. With compelling drawings—many
never before published—in a variety of media, exciting new attributions, Exhibition schedule:
and important analyses, this book is essential for anyone who admires ♦ The Art Institute of Chicago
the bravura and beauty of Old Master drawings. (10/18/08 – 1/18/09)
N I C H O L A S T U R N E R , an independent art historian, was formerly April Art

Keeper in the British Museum’s Department of Prints and Drawings and 320 pp. 150 b/w + 175 color illus.
Curator of Drawings at the J. Paul Getty Museum. J E A N G O L D M A N 9 1/2 x 12
is a scholar specializing in Italian Renaissance and Baroque art. 978-0-300-14104-7 $65.00sc
155
ART OF THE KOREAN RENAISSANCE,
1400–1600
Soyoung Lee
With JaHyun Kim Haboush, Sunpyo Hong, and Chin-Sung Chang
T his catalogue—the first English-language publication on the sub-

ject—highlights the art of the early period (1392–1592) of Korea’s
Joseon dynasty. The Joseon rulers replaced the Buddhist establishment
Wine cup, 15th century Korean. Rogers Fund, 1917 (17.175.1). Image
and re-created a Korean society informed on every level by Neo- © The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York
Confucian ideals. They supported the production of innovative secular art
inspired by past traditions, both native and from the broader Confucian
world. Yet despite official policies, court-sponsored Buddhist art endured,
contributing to the rich complexity of the early Joseon culture.
The exquisite paintings, porcelain and other ceramics, metalware, and

lacquerware featured in the book are drawn from the holdings of major Exhibition schedule:
Korean and Japanese museums, the collection of the Metropolitan ♦ The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Museum and other U.S. collections, and private collections. Many of the (3/17/09 – 6/21/09)
works have never been seen in the United States.
S O Y O U N G L E E is Assistant Curator, Department of Asian Art, The
Metropolitan Museum of Art. J A H Y U N K I M H A B O U S H is King
Sejong Professor of Korean Studies, East Asian Languages and Cultures,
and History, Columbia University. S U N P Y O H O N G is Professor of
Korean Art History, Department of Art History, Ewha Woman’s University. April Art
C H I N - S U N G C H A N G is Assistant Professor of East Asian Art History, 176 pp. 30 b/w + 75 color illus. 9 x 12
Department of Archaeology and Art History, Seoul National University. 978-0-300-14891-6 $45.00sc
DEFINING URBAN DESIGN

CIAM Architects and the Formation of a Discipline,
1937–69
Eric Mumford
I n this meticulously researched book, Eric Mumford traces how mem-

bers of the International Congress of Modern Architecture (CIAM),
such as Walter Gropius, Josep Lluís Sert, and their American associates,
developed the discipline of urban design from the 1940s to the 1960s.
Now widely known, this field has had significant influence in university
departments and building projects around the world, but its roots in the
urbanism of CIAM are not well understood.
CIAM proposed a new type of architecture, one that drew on the strate-
gies of both modern art and engineering to promote efficiency and
rational city planning. Mumford challenges the idea that this modern
urbanism only resulted in the clearing of historical neighborhoods in
favor of the public housing that would famously fail. Rather, Mumford
argues, CIAM goals were instrumental in forming the field of urban
design, and it was the rejection of these goals by politicians and bureau-
crats, rather than their implementation, that led to the now familiar and
lamentable results of urban renewal and metropolitan sprawl.
May Architecture/Urban Design

E R I C M U M F O R D is associate professor of architecture and art 272 pp. 86 b/w + 14 color illus. 8 x 10
history at Washington University in St. Louis. 978-0-300-13888-7 $55.00sc
156
FILM, VIDEO, AND NEW MEDIA AT
THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO
with the Howard and Donna Stone Gift
Lisa B. Dorin
D uring the past four decades, the accessibility of videotape, along

with that of 8- and 16-millimeter film, has revolutionized artistic
production, and moving-image technologies ranging from the filmic to
the digital have attained mainstream status. This exciting publication, the
first devoted exclusively to the Art Institute’s expanding collection of film
and video, records the emergence of a new medium and captures the
quickly evolving state of the art.
The book explores more than eighty works at the Art Institute, from
those by early pioneers like Bruce Nauman and Nam June Paik to oth-
ers by such recent practitioners as Doug Aitken, Sharon Lockhart, and
Steve McQueen. The book showcases works by Tacita Dean, Rineke ♦ Museum Studies
Dijkstra, Nan Goldin, Jenny Holzer, Pierre Huyghe, Isaac Julien, William Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago
Kentridge, Gordon Matta-Clark, George Segal, Richard Serra, Bill Viola,
and many more.
May Art
L I S A B . D O R I N is assistant curator in the department of contempo- 112 pp. 70 color illus. 8 3/8 x 10 1/4
rary art at the Art Institute of Chicago. paper 978-0-300-14690-5 $16.95sc
THE EMPIRE’S NEW CLOTHES

A History of the Russian Fashion Industry,
1700–1917
Christine Ruane
I n 1701 Tsar Peter the Great decreed that all residents of Moscow must
abandon their traditional dress and wear European fashion. Those
who produced or sold Russian clothing would face “dreadful punish-
ment.” Peter’s dress decree, part of his drive to make Russia more like
Western Europe, had a profound impact on the history of Imperial
Russia.
This engrossing book explores the impact of Westernization on Russia

in the 18th and 19th centuries and presents a wealth of photographs of
ordinary Russians in all their finery. Christine Ruane draws on memoirs,
mail-order catalogues, fashion magazines, and other period sources to
demonstrate that Russia’s adoption of Western fashion had symbolic,
economic, and social ramifications and was inseparably linked to the
development of capitalism, industrial production, and new forms of
communication. This book shows how the fashion industry became a
forum through which Russians debated and formulated a new national
identity.
May Fashion
C H R I S T I N E R U A N E is director of graduate studies and professor 256 pp. 70 b/w + 50 color illus. 9 x 11
of history at the University of Tulsa. 978-0-300-14155-9 $65.00sc
157
COMPASS AND RULE
Architecture as Mathematical Practice
Anthony Gerbino and Stephen Johnston
T he spread of Renaissance culture in England coincided with the

birth of the profession of architecture, whose practitioners soon
became superior to simple builders in social standing and perceived intel-
lectual prowess. This stimulating book, which focuses in particular on the
scientist, mathematician, and architect Sir Christopher Wren, explores
the extent to which this new professional identity was based on expert-
ise in the mathematical arts and sciences.
Featuring drawings, instruments, paintings, and other examples of the

material culture of English architecture, the book discusses the role of
mathematics in architectural design and building technology. It begins
with architectural drawing in the 16th century, moves to large-scale tech-
nical drawing under Henry VIII, considers Inigo Jones and his royal build-
ings and Christopher Wren and the dome of St. Paul’s, and concludes
with the architectural education of George III. Interweaving text and visu-
al image, the book investigates the boundaries between art and science
in architecture—the most artistic of the sciences and the most scientific
of the arts.
A N T H O N Y G E R B I N O is a senior research fellow at Worcester May Architecture/History of Science

College, Oxford. S T E P H E N J O H N S T O N is Assistant Keeper at the 192 pp. 120 color illus. 9 x 12
Museum of the History of Science in Oxford. 978-0-300-15093-3 $65.00sc
ANCIENT CHURCHES OF ETHIOPIA

David W. Phillipson
T he kings of Aksum formally became Christian during the second

quarter of the 4th century, making Ethiopia the second country in
the world (after Armenia) officially to adopt the new faith. This land-
mark book is the first to integrate historical, archaeological, and art-his-
torical evidence to provide a comprehensive account of Ethiopian
Christian civilization and its churches—both built and rock-hewn—
from the Aksumite period to the 13th century.
David W. Phillipson, a foremost authority on Ethiopia’s archaeology, sit-

uates these churches within the development of Ethiopian society, illu-
minating the exceptional continuity of the country’s Christian civiliza-
tion. He offers a fresh view of the processes which gave rise to this
unique African culture as well as the most detailed treatment of the
rock-hewn churches at Lalibela World Heritage Site ever published.
Abundantly illustrated, filled with original insights, and incorporating
new chronological findings, this book will be of enormous interest to a
wide international circle of students, scholars, and travelers.
June Archaeology/Architecture
D AV I D W. P H I L L I P S O N is Emeritus Professor of African 288 pp. 224 b/w + 50 color illus. 7 1/2 x 10
Archaeology, University of Cambridge. 978-0-300-14156-6 $65.00sc
158
THE EXTREME OF THE MIDDLE
Writings of Jack Tworkov
Edited by Mira Schor
J ack Tworkov (1900–1982) was a significant figure of the Abstract

Expressionist period. A noted painter, he was instrumental in defining
the ideals of the New York School, along with Willem de Kooning, Barnett
Newman, Ad Reinhardt, and Franz Kline, among others. This book, the
first collection of Tworkov’s writings, sheds new light on the lives and stu-
dio practices of Tworkov and his colleagues as well as on Tworkov’s artis-
tic theories and values.
These enlightening and intimate writings—personal journals and letters,

teaching notebooks, correspondence with other artists, previously unpub-
lished essays, and published articles—are introduced and annotated by
Mira Schor, who provides an informed account of an important artist and
thinker. The book is enriched by photographs by Henri Cartier-Bresson,
Irving Penn, Arnold Newman, and Robert Rauschenberg; family photo-
graphs with Hans Hofmann, John Cage, Kline, and others; and reproduc-
tions of some of Tworkov’s finest work.
July Art Theory

M I R A S C H O R is a painter and author who also teaches at Parsons 496 pp. 46 b/w + 15 color illus. 6 x 9
The New School for Design. paper 978-0-300-14102-3 $45.00sc
AUGUSTUS SAINT-GAUDENS IN
Augustus Saint-Gaudens (American, 1848–1907). Diana, 1893–94, this cast

1894 or after. Bronze, h. 28 1/4 in. The Metropolitan Museum of Art, Gift of
THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART
Thayer Tolles
T his book recounts the engaging story of a French-Irish immigrant

who became the greatest American sculptor of his day. During his
lifetime Saint-Gaudens (1848–1907) both contributed to exhibitions at
Lincoln Kirstein, 1985 (1985.353)
the Metropolitan Museum and served as an advisor to its staff. After his
death the Museum continued steadily to acquire his sculptures. Today it
owns 45 of the sculptor’s works, ranging from delicate cameos and
medals to innovative painterly bas-reliefs to stirring statuettes and por-
trait busts after Civil War monuments for East Coast cities.
Thayer Tolles appraises Saint-Gaudens’s groundbreaking position in the

history of late 19th-century American sculpture and the Aesthetic
Movement, and she also addresses his role in advancing American art
on the international stage. Exhibition schedule:
(6/30/09 – 10/12/09)

July Art
T H AY E R T O L L E S is Associate Curator of American Paintings and 72 pp. 80 color illus. 8 1/2 x 11
Sculpture at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. paper 978-0-300-15188-6 $19.95sc
159
PEN AND PARCHMENT
Drawing in the Middle Ages
Melanie Holcomb et al.
I n the Middle Ages, artists explored and tested the medium of drawing,
producing whimsical sketches, illustrated treatises, and finished draw-
ings of extraordinary refinement. This fascinating volume is the first to
examine and celebrate the achievements of medieval draftsmen in
depth. It reproduces rarely seen leaves from more than fifty manuscripts
dating from the 9th to the early 14th century. In the accompanying texts,
Melanie Holcomb and other experts in the field consider the techniques,
uses, and aesthetics of medieval drawings, casting light on their critical
role in the intellectual life of the Middle Ages. The Harley Psalter. Ca. 1010–1130. British Library
Board. All Rights Reserved (Harley 603).
(6/2/09 – 8/23/09)

July Art History

M E L A N I E H O L C O M B is Associate Curator in the Medieval Art 208 pp. 50 b/w + 75 color illus. 9 x 11
Department at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New York. 978-0-300-14894-7 $50.00sc
THE JAHARIS GOSPEL LECTIONARY
Metropolitan Museum of Art, Purchase, Mary and Michael Jaharis Gift

Jaharis Byzantine Lectionary, Byzantine (Constantinople), ca. 1100.
The Story of a Byzantine Book
Tempera, ink and gold leaf on parchment; leather binding. The

John Lowden
and Lila Acheson Wallace Gift, 2007 (2007.286)

U ntil 2008 the Jaharis Lectionary was a hidden treasure: an illumi-
nated Byzantine manuscript that was almost entirely unknown,
even to scholars. Superbly preserved, it is arguably the most important
Byzantine work to come to the Metropolitan Museum’s renowned col-
lection since the 1917 gifts of J. Pierpont Morgan. It represents the
apogee of Constantinopolitan craftsmanship around the year 1100.
In this important study, John Lowden, a leading expert on Byzantine

manuscripts, discusses his discoveries about this extraordinary manu-
script within the broader context of Byzantine book illumination. He
traces the book’s history from its acquisition to its production in
Constantinople. By detailed analysis and comparison, the author shows Exhibition schedule:
how the manuscript was made for use in the patriarchal church of Hagia
Sophia. (9/30/08 – 3/22/09)

July Art History

J O H N L O W D E N is Professor of the History of Art at the Courtauld 8 1/2 x 11
Institute of Art, University of London. paper 978-0-300-14899-2 $30.00sc
160
FRANCIS BACON IN THE 1950S
Michael Peppiatt
T he first exploration of Bacon’s compelling work during the key

decade when he was attaining the height of his powers—now avail-
able in paperback.
“A profound meditation on the painter’s psychology and motiva-

tion; one of the best things ever written on Bacon.”
—Martin Gayord, The Sunday Telegraph
“This tale of life lived on the edge—with its interwoven strand of

steely artistic determination . . . makes for flavorsome
reading.”—Julian Bell, New York Review of Books

the Sainsbury Centre for Visual Arts,
University of East Anglia, Norwich
March Art
Formerly editor and publisher of Art International, M I C H A E L P E P P I AT T 224 pp. 20 b/w + 70 color illus.
is an independent art historian and exhibition curator. His previous 9 1/2 x 10 1/2
books include Alberto Giacometti in Postwar Paris, published by Yale paper 978-0-300-15121-3 $33.00
University Press. cloth (S ’07) 978-0-300-12192-6 $50.00
PALLADIO’S ROME
Edited and translated by Vaughan Hart and Peter Hicks
N ow available in paperback: Palladio’s guides to Rome as charm-

ing today as when they were written 450 years ago.
“This pocket-sized edition, the first one-volume edition in

English, allows the modern visitor or armchair tourist to follow
in the footsteps of the Renaissance traveller, seeing the city as it
was described by one of the world’s greatest architects.”
—London Review of Books
“A fascinating snapshot of Rome a century before the Baroque

architects got their hands on it.”
—Richard B. Woodward, New York Times
March Architecture
VA U G H A N H A R T is professor of architecture, department of archi- 320 pp. 50 b/w + 50 color illus.
tecture and civil engineering, University of Bath. P E T E R H I C K S is vis- 4 3/4 x 8 1/2
iting research fellow, department of architecture and civil engineering, paper 978-0-300-15147-3 $35.00sc
University of Bath, and historian, Fondation Napoléon, Paris. cloth (S ’06) 978-0-300-10909-2 $55.00sc
161
Art & Architecture–Paperback
MIDDLE KINGDOM TOMB

ARCHITECTURE AT LISHT
Dieter Arnold
T his volume documents twenty-six monumental tombs of the

ancient Egyptian Twelfth Dynasty that were excavated by the
Metropolitan Museum Egyptian Expedition from 1906 to 1934 and
1984 to 1991. Focusing on the study and reconstruction of the archi-
tecture of the tombs, the book also publishes remains of reliefs and
inscriptions that decorated the walls. The author demonstrates the
astonishing variety of Middle Kingdom funeral architecture. Whereas
some of the Lisht structures relate closely to Old Kingdom mastabas,
there is also a new group of freestanding chapels that are derived from
♦ Egyptian Expedition Publications of
contemporary deity temples and foreshadow the temple-tombs of
later periods in Egyptian history.
February Architecture
269 pp. 170 b/w + color illus. +
18 text figures
D I E T E R A R N O L D is Curator, Department of Egyptian Art, 9 1/2 x 13 1/2
The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 978-0-300-12344-9 $75.00tx
LANCASHIRE
North
Clare Hartwell
T he landscapes of Lancashire range from the shores of Morecambe

Bay and the wild Forest of Bowland in the north to the coastal flat-
lands and Pennine mill towns in the south. Lancaster, the historic coun-
ty town, boasts some of the finest Georgian buildings in northern
England, while Blackpool is unrivaled anywhere for spectacular seaside
architecture.
Lancashire treats each city, town, and village in the county in a detailed
gazetteer. An expert general introduction provides a historical and artis-
tic overview. Numerous maps and plans, over a hundred new color pho-
tographs, full indexes, and an illustrated glossary help to make this book
invaluable as both reference work and guide.
♦ Pevsner Architectural Guides
C L A R E H A R T W E L L is an architectural historian based in

Manchester. She is the author of Lancashire: Manchester and the South May Architecture
East in the Buildings of England series and the Pevsner City Guide to 800 pp. 120 color illus. 4 3/4 x 8 1/2
Manchester, both published by Yale University Press. 978-0-300-12667-9 $50.00tx
162
1948, Morris ..............................................................89 Clarke, Becoming Edvard Munch ................................116
Cloonan Cortez, Contornos del Habla..........................110
¡A Su Salud!, Cotton et al. ........................................111 Closer Look: Colour, A, Bomford and Roy ....................152
Abbona-Sneider et al., Trame ....................................109 Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings, A, Bomford ......152
Adams, denver..........................................................138 Collecting African American Art, Franklin and Wardlaw153
Adams, What We Bought ..........................................138 Colley, Britons ............................................................77
Aeneid, The, Vergil ......................................................92 Collins, It Is Daylight ....................................................19
Agnes Martin, Cooke ................................................141 Comanche Empire, The, Hämäläinen ............................90
Ahlan wa Sahlan, Alosh ............................................109 Compass and Rule, Gerbino and Johnston ..................158
Alger Hiss and the Battle for History, Jacoby ................4, 5 Confucius, Chin ..........................................................53
Alhawary, Arabic Second Language Acquisition of Conlon, The Essential Hospital Handbook ......................38
Morphosyntax ....................................................109 Conservatives, The, Allitt ..............................................51
Allawi, The Crisis of Islamic Civilization ..................20, 21 Contornos del Habla, Cloonan Cortez ........................110
Allitt, The Conservatives ..............................................51 Cooke, Agnes Martin ................................................141
Alofsin, A Modernist Museum in Perspective ................151 Cooke et al., Zoe Leonard ..........................................134
Alosh, Ahlan wa Sahlan ............................................109 Copquin, The Neighborhoods of Queens ......................82
Alvar Aalto, Pelkonen ................................................135 Cornell, Bannockburn ..................................................63
American Play, The, Robinson ......................................68 Cotton et al., ¡A Su Salud!..........................................111
Amory, Pierre Bonnard ..............................................115 Cowling et al., Picasso ..............................................124
Amy Blakemore, de Lima Greene ................................134 Craftsman, The, Sennett ..............................................84
Ancient Churches of Ethiopia, Phillipson ......................158 Crawford, Hitler’s Gift to American Music ......................73
Anders, Between Fire and Sleep ..................................68 Crisis of Islamic Civilization, The, Allawi..................20, 21
Andrew Lloyd Webber, Snelson ..................................101 Cropper, Dialogues in Art History, from
Anti-Imperial Choice, The, Petrovsky-Shtern ..................105 Mesopotamian to Modern ....................................151
Arab Center, The, Muasher ..........................................94 Cruel and Unusual, Cusac ............................................11
Arabic Second Language Acquisition of Morphosyntax, Cuno et al., The Modern Wing ..................................132
Alhawary ............................................................109 Cuno, Master Paintings in the Art Institute of Chicago ....128
Architecture of The Yale Center for British Art, The, Cusac, Cruel and Unusual ............................................11
Prown ................................................................146 Cy Twombly, Rondeau ..............................................139
Arnold, Middle Kingdom Tomb Architecture at Lisht ......162
Art of French Piano Music, The, Howat ........................105 Dada’s Women, Hemus..............................................155
Art of the Korean Renaissance, 1400-1600, Lee ..........156 Danziger, James Boswell ............................................107
Arts of Ancient Viet Nam, Tingley................................118 Defining Urban Design, Mumford ................................156
Atheist Delusions, Hart ................................................27 de Lima Greene, Amy Blakemore ..............................134
Atmosphere of Heaven, The, Jay ..................................49 Denenberg and Lansing, Call of the Coast....................130
Augustus Saint-Gaudens in the Metropolitan denver, Adams ..........................................................138
Museum of Art, Tolles ..........................................159 Dialogues in Art History, from Mesopotamian to
Austin and An, Yale French Studies 115 ......................106 Modern, Cropper ................................................151
Disappearance of Objects, The, Shannon ....................149
Backstage Pass, O’Brien et al. ....................................121 Donald and Munro, Endless Forms ..............................114
Bagenstos, Law and the Contradictions of the Dorin, Film, Video, and New Media at the Art
Disability Rights Movement....................................107 Institute of Chicago ..............................................157
Bailey et al., Masterpieces of Impressionism and Dove/O’Keeffe, Balken ..............................................137
Post-Impressionism ................................................144 Drawn to Italian Drawings. Turner ..............................155
Balken, Dove/O’Keeffe ..............................................137 Duccio and the Origins of Western Painting,
Bannockburn, Cornell ..................................................63 Christiansen ........................................................147
Barnett, Victor Hugo on Things That Matter ..................110 Dwyer, Napoleon........................................................85
Basualdo and Taylor, Bruce Nauman ..........................140
Becoming Edvard Munch, Clarke ................................116 Eagleton, Reason, Faith, and Revolution ..................24, 25
Berrizbeitia, Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates ........133 Earle, Buriki ..............................................................143
Between Fire and Sleep, Anders ..................................68 Eklund, The Pictures Generation ..................................131
Beyond Golden Clouds, Katz ....................................142 Eleanor of Aquitaine, Turner ........................................48
Birds of Pakistan, Grimmett et al. ..................................60 Elliott, Spain, Europe and the Wider World,
Bite the Hand That Feeds You, Fairlie ............................74 1500-1800 ..........................................................52
Blood and Mistletoe, Hutton..........................................61 Empire’s New Clothes, The, Ruane ........................71, 157
Blood and Soil, Kiernan ..............................................80 Endless Forms, Donald and Munro ..............................114
Blood Sport, Griffin ....................................................98 Essential Art of African Textiles, The, LaGamma and
Bomford and Roy, A Closer Look: Colour ....................152 Giuntini ..............................................................147
Bomford, A Closer Look: Conservation of Paintings ......152 Essential Hospital Handbook, The, Conlon ....................38
Borderlines in Borderlands, Stagg ..............................103 Essential Reinhold Niebuhr, The, Niebuhr ......................97
Bray, Wetware......................................................44, 45 Ethiopian Revolution, The, Tareke ..................................71
Bridge at the Edge of the World, The, Speth ..................81 Euro, The, Marsh ........................................................42
Britons, Colley ............................................................77 Extreme of the Middle, The, Schor ..............................159
Bruce Nauman, Basualdo and Taylor ..........................140
Brustein, The Tainted Muse ..........................................26 Fairlie, Bite the Hand That Feeds You ............................74
Bugs and the Victorians, Clark ....................................106 Familiarity of Strangers, The, Trivellato ........................104
Bulgakov, White Guard ..............................................90 Fasulo, An Insider’s Guide to the UN ............................46
Buriki, Earle ..............................................................143 Faulkner and Love, Sensibar ........................................36
Bus Kids, The, Lit ......................................................103 Federalist Papers, The, Hamilton et al. ..........................67
Felstiner, Can Poetry Save the Earth? ............................18
Calder, Pacific Alliance ................................................72 Fighting Cancer with Knowledge and Hope, Frank ........37
Call of the Coast, Denenberg and Lansing ..................130 Film, Video, and New Media at the Art Institute of
Calvin, Gordon ..........................................................55 Chicago, Dorin....................................................157
Campens et al., For Reasons of State ..........................149 Finkin and Post, For the Common Good ........................30
Can Poetry Save the Earth?, Felstiner ............................18 Florence 1900, Roeck..................................................66
Cézanne + Beyond, Rishel and Sachs..........................117 For Reasons of State, Campens et al. ..........................149
Chin, Confucius ..........................................................53 For the Common Good, Finkin and Post ........................30
Christiansen, Duccio and the Origins of Western Forgotten Continent, Reid ............................................80
Painting ..............................................................147 Foster and Kreitzman, Seasons of Life ............................47
Clark, Bugs and the Victorians ....................................106 Fox, Proverbs 10–31 ..................................................64
163
Index
Francis Bacon in the 1950s, Peppiatt ..........................161 Kharibian, National Gallery Pocket Collection ..............153
Franco and Hitler, Payne ..............................................82 Kiernan, Blood and Soil ..............................................80
Frank, Fighting Cancer with Knowledge and Hope ........37 King et al., The Psychoanalytic Study of the Child ........105
Franklin and Wardlaw, Collecting African American Art 153 Kinship by Covenant, Hahn ..........................................65
Frankly, My Dear, Haskell ..............................................7 Knut Hamsun, Sletten Kolloen........................................57
Fraser, Wall Street ......................................................88 Koda and Yohannan, Models & Muses ........................129
Freedman, Out of the East ............................................99 König and Weick, Owls of the World ............................62
Friedland and Folt, Writing Successful Science Propsals ..73 Koppelman, A Right to Discriminate? ............................77
From the New Deal to the New Right, Lowndes ..........101 Kurlander, Living with Hitler..........................................75
Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It, The, Zittrain ..79
LaGamma and Giuntini, The Essential Art of
Gallipoli, Prior ............................................................54 African Textiles ....................................................147
Gerbino, Compass and Rule ......................................158 Lancashire, Hartwell ..................................................162
Gerhard Richter Portraits, Moorhouse ..........................122 Last Rites, Lukacs ..........................................................6
Gigante, Life ............................................................104 Law and the Contradictions of the Disability Rights
Gilbert Rohde, Ross ..................................................126 Movement, Bagenstos ..........................................107
God’s Architect, Hill ..............................................8, 119 Lee, Art of the Korean Renaissance, 1400-1600 ..........156
Goldfarb, In Confidence ..............................................13 Lefkowitz, History Lesson............................................100
Goldstein, Jacob’s Legacy ............................................92 Legacy of the Mastodon, The, Thomson ........................85
Goldsworthy, How Rome Fell..................................40, 41 Leve, Kander and Ebb..................................................61
Gordon, Calvin ..........................................................55 “Liberty to the Downtrodden”, Grow..............................60
Grewal, Network Power ..............................................94 Library at Night, The, Manguel ....................................87
Griffin, A Smart Energy Policy ......................................75 Life, Gigante ............................................................104
Griffin, Blood Sport ....................................................98 Lit, The Bus Kids ........................................................103
Grimmett et al., Birds of Pakistan ..................................60 Living with Hitler, Kurlander ..........................................75
Grow, “Liberty to the Downtrodden”..............................60 Lowden, The Jaharis Gospel Lectionary........................160
Gypsy, Shteir ..............................................................16 Lowndes, From the New Deal to the New Right ............101
Lukacs, Last Rites ..........................................................6
Hahn, Kinship by Covenant ..........................................65 Lynch, San Martín ......................................................67
Hämäläinen, The Comanche Empire ..............................90 Lynton, Tatlin’s Tower ................................................154
Hamburger, The, Ozersky ............................................91
Hamilton et al., The Federalist Papers ............................67 Mackiewicz, The Triumph of Provocation ......................108
Hamilton, Squeezed ....................................................70 Madigan and Levenson, Resurrection ............................99
Hart and Hicks, Palladio’s Rome..................................161 Magnificent Mrs. Tennant, The, Waller ..........................56
Hart, Atheist Delusions ................................................27 Manguel, The Library at Night ......................................87
Hartwell, Lancashire ..................................................162 Marcus, Mark 8-16......................................................64
Haskell, Frankly, My Dear ..............................................7 Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus, A, Meier ..65
Haynes et al., Spies ....................................................43 Mark 8-16, Marcus ....................................................64
Heltzel, Jesus and Justice ..............................................76 Marsh, The Euro ..........................................................42
Hemus, Dada’s Women..............................................155 Martin, Importing Poverty ............................................71
Heritages Francophones, Redonnet et al. ....................111 Marvelous Hairy Girls, The, Wiesner-Hanks ..................62
Hertz, How Jews Became Germans ............................103 Mason, Matthew Boulton ............................................150
Hill, God’s Architect ..............................................8, 119 Master Paintings in the Art Institute of Chicago, Cuno....128
Hill, Selected Poems ....................................................17 Masterpieces of Impressionism and Post-Impressionism,
Himmelfarb, The Spirit of the Age ..............................100 Bailey et al. ........................................................144
History Lesson, Lefkowitz ............................................100 Matthew Boulton, Mason............................................150
Hitler, the Germans, and the Final Solution, Kershaw ......95 Max Neuhaus, Neuhaus ............................................139
Hitler’s Gift to American Music, Crawford ......................73 Meier, A Marginal Jew: Rethinking the Historical Jesus ....65
Hixson, The Myth of American Diplomacy......................98 Michael Van Valkenburgh Associates, Berrizbeitia ........133
Hoffman, My Happiness Bears No Relation to Middle Kingdom Tomb Architecture at Lisht, Arnold ......162
Happiness ......................................................28, 29 Model & Muse, Koda and Yohannan ..........................129
Holcomb et al., Pen and Parchment ............................160 Modern Wing, The, Cuno et al. ..................................132
Holy Toledo!, Steele and Mears ..................................136 Modernist Museum in Perspective, A, Alofsin................151
Horesh, Shanghai’s Bund and Beyond ........................107 Money, Markets, and Sovereignty, Steil and Hinds..........31
How Jews Became Germans, Hertz ............................103 Moorhouse, Gerhard Richter Portraits ..........................122
How Rome Fell, Goldsworthy..................................40, 41 More than One, Smith ..............................................148
Howat, The Art of French Piano Music ........................105 Morris, 1948 ..............................................................89
Hunt, Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy........................104 Morris, One State, Two States ................................32, 33
Hutton, Blood and Mistletoe ........................................61 Mother of God, Rubin............................................34, 35
Muasher, The Arab Center ..........................................94
Ideology and U.S. Foreign Policy, Hunt ........................104 Mumford, Defining Urban Design................................156
Importing Poverty, Martin ............................................71 My Happiness Bears No Relation to Happiness,
In Confidence, Goldfarb ..............................................13 Hoffman..........................................................28, 29
Insider’s Guide to the UN, Fasulo ..................................46 Myth of American Diplomacy, The, Hixson ....................98
Inventing a Nation, Vidal ............................................93
It Is Daylight, Collins ....................................................19 Napoleon, Dwyer........................................................85
National Gallery Pocket Collection, Kharibian ..............153
Jacob’s Legacy, Goldstein ............................................92 Neighborhoods of Queens, The, Copquin ......................82
Jacoby, Alger Hiss and the Battle for History ................4, 5 Network Power, Grewal ..............................................94
Jaharis Gospel Lectionary, The, Lowden ......................160 Neuhaus, Max Neuhaus ............................................139
James Boswell, Danziger ............................................107 Newman, The Yale Biographical Dictionary of
Jay, The Atmosphere of Heaven....................................49 American Law ......................................................69
Jesus and Justice, Heltzel ..............................................76 Niebuhr, The Essential Reinhold Niebuhr........................97
John Singer Sargent, Ormond and Kilmurray................125
O’Brien et al., Backstage Pass ....................................121
Kander and Ebb, Leve..................................................61 Ohki, Tea Culture of Japan ........................................148
Kaplan, Spiritual Radical..............................................98 One State, Two States, Morris ................................32, 33
Karelis, The Persistence of Poverty ..............................101 Ormond and Kilmurray, John Singer Sargent................125
Katz, Beyond Golden Clouds......................................142 Out of the East, Freedman ............................................99
Kershaw, Hitler, the Germans, and the Final Solution ......95 Outside In, Silbergeld ................................................150
164 Index
Owls of the World, König and Weick ............................62 Stone Hill Center, Webb ............................................146
Ozersky, The Hamburger ............................................91 Strauss, Pioneers of Contemporary Glass ....................128
Pacific Alliance, Calder................................................72 Tainted Muse, The, Brustein ..........................................26

Palladio’s Rome, Hart and Hicks ................................161 Tareke, The Ethiopian Revolution ..................................71
Parini, Why Poetry Matters ..........................................86 Tatlin’s Tower, Lynton ..................................................154
Payne, Franco and Hitler..............................................82 Tea Culture of Japan, Ohki ........................................148
Pelkonen, Alvar Aalto ................................................135 Temkin, The Sacco-Vanzetti Affair ..................................50
Pen and Parchment, Holcomb et al. ............................160 Tenor, Potter ................................................................39
Peppiatt, Francis Bacon in the 1950s ..........................161 Theology in the Context of Science, Polkinghorne ..........12
Persistence of Poverty, The, Karelis ..............................101 Thomson, The Legacy of the Mastodon ..........................85
Petit, Philip Johnson ..................................................120 Thomson, The Young Charles Darwin ..............................9
Petrovsky-Shtern, The Anti-Imperial Choice ..................105 Tight Lines, Prosek et al. .............................................. 83
Philip Johnson, Petit ..................................................120 Tingley, Arts of Ancient Viet Nam................................118
Phillipson, Ancient Churches of Ethiopia ......................158 Tolles, Augustus Saint-Gaudens in the
Philosophers’ Quarrel, The, Zaretsky and Scott ..............10 Metropolitan Museum of Art..................................159
Picasso, Cowling ......................................................124 Tragedy of Child Care in America, The, Zigler et al. ......72
Pictures Generation, The, Eklund, ................................131 Trame, Abbona-Sneider et al. ....................................109
Pierre Bonnard, Amory ..............................................115 Triumph of Provocation, The, Mackiewicz ....................108
Pioneers of Contemporary Glass, Strauss ....................128 Trivellato, The Familiarity of Strangers..........................104
Pisano, William Merritt Chase ....................................127 Tsesis, We Shall Overcome ..........................................97
Politics of Food Supply, The, Winders ..........................106 Turner, Drawn to Italian Drawings ..............................155
Polkinghorne, Theology in the Context of Science ..........12 Turner, Eleanor of Aquitaine ........................................48
Potato, Reader ......................................................14, 15
Potter, Tenor ..............................................................39 VanDevelder, Savages and Scoundrels ..........................22
Prior, Gallipoli ............................................................54 Vergil, The Aeneid ......................................................92
Prosek et al., Tight Lines ..............................................83 Victor Hugo on Things That Matter, Barnett ..................110
Proverbs 10–31, Fox ..................................................64 Vidal, Inventing a Nation ............................................93
Prown, The Architecture of The Yale Center for
British Art ............................................................146 Wall Street, Fraser ......................................................88
Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, The, King et al. ........105 Waller, The Magnificent Mrs.Tennant ............................56
We Shall Overcome, Tsesis ..........................................97
Rahe, Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift ........................66 Webb, Stone Hill Center ............................................146
Reader, Potato ......................................................14, 15 Weber, The Spanish Frontier in North America ............108
Reason, Faith, and Revolution, Eagleton ..................24, 25 Wetware, Bray......................................................44, 45
Redonnet et al., Heritages Francophones......................111 What We Bought, Adams ..........................................138
Reid, Forgotten Continent ............................................80 White Guard, Bulgakov ..............................................90
Resurrection, Madigan and Levenson ............................99 Why Arendt Matters, Young-Bruehl ................................95
Right to Discriminate, A?, Koppelman ............................77 Why Poetry Matters, Parini ..........................................86
Rishel, Cézanne + Beyond ........................................117 Wiesner-Hanks, The Marvelous Hairy Girls ....................62
Robinson, The American Play........................................68 William Kentridge, Rosenthal ......................................123
Roeck, Florence 1900..................................................66 William Merritt Chase, Pisano ....................................127
Rondeau, Cy Twombly ..............................................139 Winders, The Politics of Food Supply ..........................106
Rosenfeld’s Lives, Zipperstein ........................................23 Writing Successful Science Proposals, Friedland and Folt 73
Rosenthal, William Kentridge......................................123
Ross, Gilbert Rohde ..................................................126 Yale Biographical Dictionary of American Law, The,
Ruane, The Empire’s New Clothes ........................71, 157 Newman ..............................................................69
Rubin, Mother of God............................................34, 35 Yale French Studies, Austin and An ............................106
Young Charles Darwin, The, Thomson..............................9
Sacco-Vanzetti Affair, The, Temkin ................................50 Young-Bruehl, Why Arendt Matters ..............................95
San Martín, Lynch........................................................67 Your Bright Future, Zelevansky and Starkman................144
Savages and Scoundrels, VanDevelder ..........................22
Schor, The Extreme of the Middle ................................159 Zaretsky and Scott, The Philosophers’ Quarrel ................10
Seasons of Life, Foster and Kreitzman ............................47 Zelevansky and Starkman, Your Bright Future ..............144
Selected Poems, Hill ....................................................17 Zigler et al., The Tragedy of Child Care in America ........72
Selling the Tudor Monarchy, Sharpe ..............................63 Zimmerman, Small Wonder ..........................................58
Sennett, The Craftsman ................................................84 Zipperstein, Rosenfeld’s Lives ........................................23
Sensibar, Faulkner and Love ........................................36 Zittrain, The Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It ..79
Shanghai’s Bund and Beyond, Horesh ........................107 Zoe Leonard, Cooke ..................................................134
Shannon, The Disappearance of Objects ....................149
Sharpe, Selling the Tudor Monarchy ..............................63
Shteir, Gypsy ..............................................................16
Silbergeld, Outside In ................................................150
Sletten Kolloen, Knut Hamsun........................................57
Small Wonder, Zimmerman ..........................................58
Smart Energy Pilocy, A, Griffin......................................75
Smith, More than One ..............................................148
Snelson, Andrew Lloyd Webber ..................................101
Soft Despotism, Democracy’s Drift, Rahe ........................66
Spain, Europe and the Wider World, 1500-1800,
Elliott ....................................................................52
Spanish Frontier in North America, The, Weber............108
Speth, The Bridge at the Edge of the World....................81
Spies, Haynes et al. ....................................................43
Spirit of the Age, The, Himmelfarb ..............................100
Spiritual Radical, Kaplan..............................................98
Squeezed, Hamilton ....................................................70
Stagg, Borderlines in Borderlands................................103
Steele and Mears, Holy Toledo! ..................................136
Steil and Hinds, Money, Markets, and Sovereignty ..........31
165
Index
This catalogue describes Yale University Press Spring INTERNATIONAL SALES
and Summer books scheduled for publication from REPRESENTATION
February 2009 through July 2009.
United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, and Asia
DOMESTIC Yale University Press
For orders and all customer service inquiries 47 Bedford Square
London WC1B 3DP, England
please contact:
Telephone: 44-20-7079-4900
Yale University Press, c/o TriLiteral, LLC Fax: 44-20-7079-4901
100 Maple Ridge Drive, Cumberland, RI 02864-1769 Canada, Australia, and New Zealand
Tel: USA & Canada: 1-800-405-1619 University Press Group, David Stimpson
Fax: USA & Canada: 1-800-406-9145 164 Hillsdale Avenue, East
Email: customer.care@triliteral.org Toronto M4S IT5 Ontario, Canada
Orders: orders@triliteral.org Telephone: 416-484-8296
SAN 631-8126 Fax: 416-484-0602
Yale University Press is a member of PUBNET E-mail: dcstimpson@yahoo.com
PRICES AND DISCOUNTS Canadian customers can send returns to:
Yale University Press
no mark Trade discount c/o Georgetown Warehouse
sc Scholarly discount 34 Armstrong Avenue
Georgetown L7G4R9, Ontario, Canada
tx Text discount
Distribution for Australia and New Zealand
All prices, discounts and publication dates are subject to (non-exclusive)
change without notice. Inbooks
Booksellers may order all titles at regular discounts and 3 Narabang Way
terms that are published in the ABA handbook. Discount Belrose, NSW 2085, Australia
schedules and return policies are available by contacting Telephone: 61-2-9986-7037
the Sales Department at: Fax: 61-2-9986-7090
Email: marketing@inbooks.com.au
phone (203) 432-0966 or fax (203) 432-8485.
Latin America and Caribbean
For bulk or premium sales, contact Larry Laconi at (203)
US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk
432-7350 or larry.laconi@yale.edu
311 Dean Drive
Individuals are urged to order through a bookseller. Rockville, MD 20851-1144
Telephone: 301-838-9276
Libraries are urged to order through a wholesaler. Fax: 301-838-9278
They may also order directly. E-mail: craigfalk@aya.yale.edu
Website: uspubrep.com
Book review editors may fax requests for review copies to Japan
the Publicity Department at (203) 432-8485 or send Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, Gilles Fauveau
requests by email to ivan.lett@yale.edu 2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku,
Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
For foreign and translation rights, contact Telephone: 81-3-3264-0144
Anne Bihan at anne.bihan@yaleup.co.uk
Fax: 81-3-3264-0440
E-mail: aupgjapan@rockbook.net
For all inquiries regarding sales representation in the U.S.:
Bookstores and libraries are also encouraged to order from
Jay Cosgrove, Sales Director, Yale University Press,
United Publishers Services.
P.O. Box 209040, New Haven, CT, 06520-9040.
Tel: (203) 432-0968 Taiwan
fax (203) 432-8485 BK Norton, Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng
jay.cosgrove@yale.edu 5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4
Taipei 100 Taiwan
Catalogue design: Amy Elliott Andersen Telephone 886-2-6623-0088
Fax: 886-2-6632-9772
E-mail: meihua@bookman.com.tw
Visit our website: yalebooks.com.
South Korea
ICK (Information & Culture Korea), Se-Yung Jun,
ISBN Prefix 978-0-300 Min-Hwa Yoo, 473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-ku
Seoul, Korea 121-842
♦ Telephone: 82-2-3141-4791
Fax: 82-2-3141-7733
E-mail: ick-info@ick.co.kr
166
Order Information

Yale University Press Spring 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Yale University Press Spring 2009 Seasonal Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

BOOKS from

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade 59

Scholarly Books of Interest to the General Trade–Paperback 96

Academic Titles 102

Order Information 166

TCommission on Race Initiative, containing the first comprehensive assessment of racial

13th-century Europe to America in the 1930s.

Ser an exceptional collection of paintings, drawings, sources, and documentary photographs. A

ALGER HISS AND THE BATTLE

From the author of the New York Times

B ooks on Whittaker Chambers and Alger Hiss abound,

S U S A N J A C O B Y is an independent scholar and best-selling March History/Biography

A master historian offers an eloquent and

T wenty years ago, John Lukacs paused to set down

Lukacs begins with a concise rendering of a historical

nal book only John Lukacs could have written.

J O H N L U K A C S is an internationally read and praised histori-

An exploration of the book, the movie, and

H ow and why has the saga of Scarlett O’Hara kept

enchantment and disenchantment. Sensitive to the ways

M O L LY H A S K E L L is a writer and film critic. She has lectured

The acclaimed biography of one of the

A ugustus Welby Northmore Pugin (1812–1852)

On the 150th anniversary of On the Origin of

W hat sort of person was the young naturalist

Endless Forms: Charles Darwin,

The dramatic collapse of the friendship

T he rise and spectacular fall of the friendship between

R O B E R T Z A R E T S K Y is professor of French, Honors College,

In light of the recent scandals at Abu Ghraib

T he statistics are startling. Since 1973, America’s

emphasized rehabilitation over retribution. This attitude

America now punishes harder and longer and with meth-

A N N E - M A R I E C U S A C is assistant professor, Department of

A renowned physicist-theologian provides a

J ust as gendered, cultural, and geographical perspectives

J O H N P O L K I N G H O R N E , KBE, FRS, is fellow and retired

A provocative work that explains where and

T he variety and pervasiveness of confidentiality

R O N A L D G O L D FA R B is an attorney and author of ten previ-

In the tradition of Salt and Cod, a highly readable

T he potato—humble, lumpy, bland, familiar—is a

J O H N R E A D E R is a writer and photojournalist who holds an

A revealing portrait of the “Striptease

A true icon of America at a turning point in its his-

Rachel Shteir, author of the prize-winning Striptease, gives ♦ Icons of America

R A C H E L S H T E I R is associate professor, The Theatre School, March Biography/Americana

A sampling from the oeuvre of one of the

G eoffrey Hill’s poetry comprises one of the most

Born in Bromsgrove, Worcestershire, in 1932, G E O F F R E Y H I L L

At a time of environmental crises, poetry can

P oems vivifying nature have gripped people for centuries.

Sixty color and black-and-white images, many seen for the

April Poetry Studies/Nature

Announcing the 2008 recipient of the Yale

A rda Collins is the 2008 winner of the annual Yale

judge Louise Glück observes, “I know no poet whose sense

♦ An Excerpt from: Snow On The Apples

A R D A C O L L I N S lives in Denver, where she is pursuing a Ph.D.

Photograph by Charles O’Brien

A bold analysis of the sources of the crisis

I slam as a religion is central to the lives of over a billion

the spectacular rise of political Islam and its terrorist off-

A L I A . A L L AW I has served as Minister of Defense and April Current Events/History